S-1/A

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 25, 2005.

Registration No. 333-127888

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 2

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

DOVER SADDLERY, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	5941	04-3438294
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

P. O. Box 1100

525 Great Road

Littleton, MA 01460

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

Stephen L. Day

Chief Executive Officer

Dover Saddlery, Inc.

525 Great Road

P. O. Box 1100

Littleton, MA 01460

(978) 952-8062

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of agent for service)

Please send copies of all communications to:

Justin P. Morreale, Esq.
John J. Concannon III, Esq.
Bingham McCutchen LLP
150 Federal Street
Boston, MA 02110
(617) 951-8245 Jeffrey S. Marcus, Esq.
Morrison & Foerster LLP
1290 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10104-0012
(212) 468-8137

     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.    o

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.    o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

	Proposed Maximum
Title of Each Class of	Aggregate	Amount of
Securities to be Registered	Offering Price(1)	Registration Fee
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value	$40,250,000	$4,738(2)

(1)	Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2)	$4,808 was previously paid.

     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.

          You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, the selling shareholders have not, and the underwriter has not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, the selling shareholders are not, and the underwriter is not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Summary	1
Risk Factors	6
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements	20
Market Data	20
Use of Proceeds	21
Dividend Policy	21
Capitalization	22
Selected Financial Data	26
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	28
Business	43
Management	61
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions	68
Principal and Selling Shareholders	69
Description of Capital Stock	71
Shares Eligible for Future Sale	74
Plan of Distribution	76
Legal Matters	85
Experts	85
Where You Can Find More Information	86
Index to Financial Statements	F-1
Appendix: Road Show Presentation	A-1
EX-3.3 Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
EX-4.5 Form of Commo0n Stock Certificate
EX-10.3 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2005 Plan")
EX-10.4 Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Plan
EX-10.5 Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2005 Plan
EX-23.2 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

          The Source®, Dover Saddlery® and Smith Brothers® are registered marks of Dover Saddlery, Inc. Miller’s® and Miller’s Harness^tm are trademarks licensed to Dover Saddlery, Inc. Other service marks, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. OpenIPO® is a registered service mark of WR Hambrecht + Co, LLC.

i

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

          This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including “Risk Factors” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.

          The terms “Dover Saddlery,” “Dover,” “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” as used in this prospectus refer to the registrant, Dover Saddlery, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Overview

Dover Saddlery

          We are a leading specialty retailer and the largest direct marketer of equestrian products in the United States. For over 20 years, Dover Saddlery has been a premier upscale brand in the English-style riding industry. We sell our products through a multi-channel strategy, including catalogs, the Internet and retail stores.

          We offer a comprehensive selection of products ranging in price from $1 to $4,000 in three main categories of saddles and tack, specialized apparel and horse care and stable products. Dover is known for providing the highest quality products for English-style riding including premier brands such as Hermes^tm, Ariat^tm, Grand Prix^tm, Mountain Horse^tm, Passier^tm and Prestige^tm, as well as private label and non-branded products. In 2002 we also began selling into the Western-style riding market under the Smith Brothers name.

          Our management team is highly experienced in direct marketing and retail with an average of more than 20 years of equestrian experience. Since joining Dover in 1998 as our President and Chief Executive Officer, Stephen L. Day and his team have grown annual revenues from $15.6 million to $58.7 million and annual operating income from $1.4 million to $4.7 million, representing compound annual growth rates of 27.7% and 25.4%, respectively.

          We have positioned ourselves to capitalize on the synergies of combining catalog and Internet operations with a retail store channel. Our experience to date has demonstrated two very important factors: (i) customers who purchased items using all three channels (catalog, Internet and retail stores) have, on average, historically bought nearly three times more than customers who purchased only from a single channel; and (ii) direct sales to customers within a 30 mile radius of a new retail store have, within two years of that retail store opening, exceeded direct sales prior to the new store opening. We have also experienced overall sales growth when we have opened a new store in areas where we have an existing strong customer base. For example, when we opened our Hockessin, DE store in 2002, sales in the area grew from $496,441 to $3,107,617 in the second year after opening the store, or approximately 150% compounded annual growth.

          Our strategy for growth involves the opening of additional retail stores in targeted locations nation-wide. Through our subsidiaries, we currently operate three Dover Saddlery retail stores and one Smith Brothers retail store. We have identified additional locations using our proprietary mathematical store optimization model that selects sites nationwide with the strongest sales potential and optimizes distances between stores to enhance revenue potential. Our initial target of 50 locations will each utilize one of three different store formats depending on the location and sales potential.

1

          Based on our experience to date with opening new retail stores in areas where we have a high level of existing direct customers, we believe that expanding the number of retail store locations and focusing on our multi-channel business strategy are key to our continued success.

Competitive Strengths

          We believe that we are uniquely positioned in the equestrian tack, specialized apparel and horse care and stable products industry to grow through our multi-channel strategy. We believe that we have numerous competitive strengths including the following:

• Experienced management with a track record of growth and profitability

• Established brand in English-style riding and a leading direct marketer

• Large, detailed database of nearly two million equestrian enthusiasts, including nearly 300,000 email addresses and approximately 200,000 Dover customers

• Successful multi-channel strategy

• Excellent customer service

• Attractive customer demographics

• Significant barriers to entry

• Highly fragmented equestrian products retail market

• Broad and distinctive selection of high quality products at competitive prices with rapid fulfillment capability

Growth Strategies

• Open new Dover Saddlery retail stores in targeted locations

• Expand our direct sales channel

• Enhance our product mix

• Expand further in the Western-style equestrian products market

Our Corporate Information

          We were formed as Dover Saddlery, Inc., a Delaware corporation, in 1998 and acquired Dover Saddlery, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, which was founded in 1975 and operates as our wholly-owned subsidiary. In 2002 we acquired Smith Brothers, Inc., a Texas corporation, which also operates as our wholly-owned subsidiary. Our principal executive office is located at 525 Great Road, Littleton, MA 01460 and our telephone number is (978) 952-8062 at that address. We maintain websites on the Internet at www.doversaddlery.com and www.smithbrothers.com. Our websites, and the information contained or accessible through our websites, are not part of this prospectus.

2

THE OFFERING

Common Stock

Common stock offered:

By Dover Saddlery	1,183,223 shares
By selling shareholders	1,316,777 shares
Total	2,500,000 shares
Common stock outstanding after this offering	4,766,732 shares
Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol	DOVR
Use of proceeds	To execute our retail store expansion and multi-channel growth strategy, to reduce outstanding debt balances and for other general working capital purposes.

          See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of the factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

          The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 3,583,509 shares of our common stock outstanding as of October 25, 2005 and excludes:

•  233,261 shares of our common stock reserved as of October 25, 2005 for future issuance pursuant to outstanding grants under our 1999 Stock Option Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $1.82 per share;

•  623,574 additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to grants under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan;

•  30,974 shares of our common stock reserved as of October 25, 2005 for future issuance pursuant to an outstanding warrant at an exercise price of $0.00759 per share; and

•  795,865 shares of stock held in treasury.

In addition, except where we state otherwise, the information we present in this prospectus reflects:

• a 1.3179 for 1 stock split to be effected before the completion of this offering;

• the adoption of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws to be effective upon the closing of this offering; and

• the conversion of our Class A common stock into common stock.

OpenIPO®

          This offering will be made through the OpenIPO® process, in which the allocation of shares and the public offering price are primarily based on an auction in which prospective purchasers are required to bid for the shares. This process is described under “Plan of Distribution.” Except as otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option.

3

SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

          The following tables summarize the financial data for our business. For a more detailed explanation of our financial condition and operating results, you should read “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results and pro forma historical information do not necessarily indicate the results that we can expect for any future periods. The historical financial information gives retroactive effect to a 1.3179 for 1 stock split, which will be effected before the completion of this offering.

											Six Months
		Year Ended December 31,									Ended June 30,
		2002			2003			2004			2004			2005
		(dollars in thousands, except per share data)(2)
Consolidated Statement of Operations:
Revenues, net		$	42,670		$	52,455		$	58,698		$	28,560		$	30,580
Cost of revenues			26,632			32,712			36,857			18,245			19,495
Gross profit			16,038			19,744			21,841			10,315			11,085
Selling, general and administrative expenses			12,301			15,544			17,139			8,111			9,130
Operating income			3,738			4,200			4,702			2,204			1,955
Interest expense			1,489			1,825			1,324			628			801
Income before provision for income taxes			2,248			2,375			3,377			1,576			1,154
Provision for income taxes			999			1,111			1,481			691			505
Net income		$	1,249		$	1,264		$	1,896		$	885		$	649
Preferred stock dividend			160			160			160			80			80
Net income attributed to common stockholders		$	1,089		$	1,104		$	1,736		$	805		$	569
Net income per common share on a post-split basis
Basic		$	0.39		$	0.40		$	0.61		$	0.29		$	0.19
Diluted		$	0.30		$	0.30		$	0.44		$	0.21		$	0.14
Number of shares used in per share calculations on a post-split basis
Basic			2,761			2,761			2,848			2,761			3,023
Diluted			4,158			4,194			4,290			4,221			4,519
Other Operating Data:
	Number of catalogs mailed (000’s)		3,587			5,810			5,355			3,195			3,839
	Number of retail stores		2			2			3			3			4
Capital Expenditures		$	338		$	209		$	661		$	380		$	431
Cash flows from operations activities		$	1,314		$	1,078		$	1,867		$	(1,824	)	$	(1,927	)
Cash flows from investing activities		$	(769	)	$	(573	)	$	(774	)	$	(383	)	$	(498	)
Cash flows from financing activities		$	(508	)	$	(519	)	$	(1,087	)	$	2,220		$	2,412
	Gross profit margin		37.6	%		37.6	%		37.2	%		36.1	%		36.2	%
	EBITDA(1)	$	4,212		$	4,829		$	5,254		$	2,472		$	2,276
	EBITDA Margin(1)		9.9	%		9.2	%		9.0	%		8.7	%		7.4	%
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	72		$	58		$	64		$	71		$	51
Total assets			23,534			25,503			26,763			27,686			29,768
Total long-term liabilities			12,080			12,460			11,778			14,916			14,403

⁽¹⁾  When we use the term “EBITDA”, we are referring to net income minus interest income plus interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. We present EBITDA because we consider it an important supplemental measure of our performance and believe it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry.

(footnotes continued on following page)

4

EBITDA has some limitations as an analytical tool and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for net income, operating income, cash flows from operating, investing or financing activities or any other measure calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Some of the limitations are:

• EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or capital commitments;

• EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

• EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense or cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

• although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

• other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

     The following table reconciles EBITDA to net income.

	Year Ended						Six Months
	December 31,						Ended June 30,
	2002		2003		2004		2004		2005
	(in thousands)(2)
Net income	$	1,249	$	1,264	$	1,896	$	885	$	649
Depreciation and amortization		475		630		553		268		322
Interest expense		1,489		1,824		1,324		628		801
Income taxes		999		1,111		1,481		691		505
EBITDA	$	4,212	$	4,829	$	5,254	$	2,472	$	2,276

⁽²⁾  Certain of these amounts may not properly sum due to rounding.

5

RISK FACTORS

          You should carefully consider the risks described below and all of the other information included in this prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The risks described below are those that we currently believe may materially affect our Company. Additional risks of which we are unaware or that we deem immaterial also may become important factors that affect our Company in the future. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or operating results could suffer. In this case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related To Our Business

If we cannot successfully execute our planned retail store expansion, our growth and profitability would be adversely impacted.

          We currently have four retail stores and have identified additional locations throughout the U.S. where we plan to open new stores over the next several years. A significant percentage of our projected future growth is expected to be generated from these new locations. If we experience delays in opening new stores, fail to select appropriate sites, encounter problems in opening new locations, or have trouble achieving anticipated sales volume in new locations, our growth and profitability will be adversely impacted. We have only opened three new stores in areas previously served by direct sales and so our experience observing the effects of new stores on our overall sales revenues is limited. Any one or more of the new stores we intend to open may not be profitable, in which event our operating results may suffer.

          Our ability to expand our retail presence depends in part on the following factors:

• our ability to identify suitable locations in key markets with attractive demographics and which offer attractive returns on our investments;

• our ability to negotiate favorable lease and construction terms for such locations;

• our ability to execute sale/leaseback transactions on satisfactory terms, if at all;

• competition for such locations;

• the timely construction of such retail stores;

• our ability to receive local and state government permits and approvals in connection with such locations;

• our ability to attract, train and retain skilled and knowledgeable store personnel;

• our ability to provide a product mix that meets the needs of our customers; and

• favorable economic conditions.

          In addition, each retail store is expected to require approximately $0.7 to $1.1 million of capital, including start up costs, leasehold improvements and inventory, and excluding the cost of the real estate. If actual costs are higher than expected or if sales in such stores are lower than expected, we may not be able to open as many retail stores as anticipated or we will need to raise additional capital in order to continue our growth.

If we cannot continue to successfully manage our direct sales channel, it would negatively impact our growth and profitability.

          Our direct sales generated 88.9% of our revenues in 2004 and we expect such operations to continue to represent a majority of our sales for at least the next several years. Our success

6

depends on our ability to market, advertise and sell our products effectively through our various catalogs and Internet sites. We believe that the success of our direct sales depends on:

• our ability to offer a product mix that is attractive to our customers;

• the price point of our products relative to our competitors;

• our ability to achieve adequate response rates to our mailings;

• our ability to add new customers in a cost-effective manner;

• timely delivery of catalog mailings to our customers;

• an efficient Internet interface;

• a seamless buying experience for our customers across each of our channels; and

• cost effective and efficient order fulfillment.

          Catalog production, mailings and paper-based packing products, such as shipping cartons, entail substantial paper, postage, human resource and other costs, including costs of catalog development. We incur most of these costs prior to the mailing of each catalog. Increases in costs of mailing, paper or printing would increase our costs and adversely affect our earnings if we are unable to pass such cost increases on to our customers.

          Sales through our websites generated 18.7% of our revenues in 2004. The success of our online business depends in part on factors over which we have limited control. These factors include changing customer preferences, changing buying trends related to Internet usage, changes in technology interfaces, technology failures or human errors, security breaches and consumer privacy concerns. Any failure to respond successfully to these risks and uncertainties might adversely affect sales through our websites, impair our reputation and increase our operating costs.

          The success of our direct sales hinges on the achievement of adequate response rates to mailings, merchandising and catalog and website presentations that appeal to our customers and the expansion of our potential customer base in a cost-effective manner. Lack of consumer response to particular catalog or flier mailings or Internet marketing efforts may increase our costs and decrease the profitability of our business.

Our retail store rollout could cannibalize existing sales from our direct sales channel or existing retail locations.

          Our strategy to increase the number of retail store locations is based on finding optimal locations where demand for equestrian products is high. When we open a retail store in an area that has a high concentration of our existing customers, we expect that such customers will purchase products in the retail location as well as through our catalogs and websites, ultimately increasing their total purchases as multi-channel customers. Direct sales in the geographic area surrounding our Hockessin, DE store declined 4.0% in the first year of such store’s operation from $496,441 to $476,517. In the future, in areas where we open retail stores, the customers located within the area of such store may not spend more than they would have from the catalog and websites and therefore there may be a transfer of sales from our direct sales business to our retail stores. In such case, we may incur significant costs associated with opening a store and mailing catalogs while not generating incremental revenue.

With a significant portion of our growth strategy dependent upon our planned retail store expansion, our quarterly revenues and earnings could be variable and unpredictable and inventory levels will increase.

          We plan to increase the rate at which we open new stores. As we open new stores, (i) revenues may fluctuate and (ii) pre-opening expenses are incurred which may not be offset by a corresponding increase in revenues during the same financial reporting period. These factors may contribute to variable operating results.

7

          Some of the expenses associated with openings of our new retail stores, such as headcount and lease occupancy expenses will increase. Additionally, as we increase inventory levels to provide stores with merchandise, we may not be able to manage this inventory without incurring additional costs. If retail store sales are inadequate to support these new costs, our earnings will decrease.

We rely on service providers to operate our business and any disruption of their supply of services could have an adverse impact on our revenues and profitability.

          We rely on a number of service providers to operate our business such as:

• a printer and a database processor to produce our catalogs;

• a website hosting service provider to host and manage our websites;

• telephone companies to provide telephone and fax service to our customer service centers; and

• shipping companies such as DHL/ Airborne, UPS, Fedex, the U.S. Postal Service and common carriers for timely delivery of our catalogs, shipment of merchandise to our customers and delivery of merchandise from our suppliers to us and from our warehouse to our retail stores.

          Any disruption in these services may have a negative impact on our ability to market and sell our products and serve our customers and could result in increased costs to us.

We rely on merchandise suppliers to operate our business and any disruption of their supply of products could have an adverse impact on our revenues and profitability.

          We rely on merchandise suppliers to supply our products in saleable condition, in sufficient quantities, at competitive prices and in a timely manner. In 2004, our five largest merchandise suppliers collectively provided approximately 29%, and our single largest merchandise supplier accounted for 7%, of our total purchases. Our current merchandise suppliers may not be able to accommodate our anticipated needs in a timely matter or at all. If we are unable to acquire suitable merchandise in a timely manner or lose one or more key merchandise suppliers, we may not be able to offer products that are important to our merchandise assortment, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. While we believe our merchandise supplier relationships are satisfactory, we have no contractual arrangements providing for continued supply from our key merchandise suppliers and our merchandise suppliers may discontinue selling to us at any time or may raise the cost of merchandise and we may be unable to pass such price increases along to our customers.

If we do not properly manage our inventory levels, our operating results and available funds for future growth will be adversely affected.

          We currently maintain a high level of inventory consisting of approximately 28,000 SKUs in order to limit out of stock items and have a broad depth of products for our customers. The investment associated with this high level of inventory is substantial. If we fail to adequately predict the amount or mix of our inventory, we will incur costs associated with stocking inventory that is not being sold or fails to meet the demands of our customers or we may be required to write off or write down inventory which would hurt our operating results. If we do not meet the needs of our customers, they may decide to purchase products from our competitors. Although we have some ability to return merchandise to our suppliers, we incur additional costs in doing so and we may not be able to return merchandise in the future.

8

If our information technology systems fail to perform as designed or if we need to make system changes in order to support our growing direct and retail store businesses, there may be disruptions in operations.

          The efficient operation of our business is dependent on our information technology systems and our point of sale, or POS, systems. Our information technology systems are located in Littleton, MA, and our POS systems are located in each retail store. These systems, which operate our website, process transactions, respond to customer inquiries, manage inventory, purchase, sell and ship goods on a timely basis and maintain cost-effective operations, are subject to damage from natural disasters, power failures, hardware and software failures, security breaches, network failures, computer viruses and operator negligence. The failure of our information technology systems and our POS systems to perform as designed, even if temporary, could adversely affect inventory levels, shipments to customers and customer service. Any such event would have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

          We may experience operational problems with our information systems as a result of system failures, viruses, computer “hackers” or other causes. Any material disruption or slowdown of our systems could cause information, including data related to customer orders, to be lost or delayed, which could hurt our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, we may not be successful in developing or acquiring technology that is competitive and responsive to the needs of our customers and might lack sufficient resources to make the necessary investments in technology to compete with our competitors. Accordingly, if changes in technology cause our information systems to become obsolete, or if our information systems are inadequate to handle our anticipated growth, we could lose customers.

          While we believe that our systems are adequate to support our planned opening of additional retail stores over the next several years and the future growth of our direct sales business, we may need to upgrade and modify our information technology capabilities. Any upgrades to our information technology systems and our POS systems may not be successful or may cause substantial expenses. In addition, there are inherent risks associated with upgrading our core systems, including disruptions that affect our ability to deliver products to our customers. If we were unable to adequately handle these disruptions, it could adversely affect inventory levels, shipments to customers and customer service. Any such event would have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

A decline in discretionary consumer spending could reduce our revenues.

          Our revenues depend to a degree on discretionary consumer spending, which may decrease due to a variety of factors beyond our control. These include unfavorable general business conditions, increases in interest rates, increases in inflation, stock market uncertainty, war, terrorism, fears of war or terrorism, increases in consumer debt levels and decreases in the availability of consumer credit, adverse or unseasonable weather conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws and regulations, increases in taxation, adverse unemployment trends and other factors that adversely influence consumer confidence and spending. Any one of these factors could result in adverse fluctuations in our revenues generally. Our revenues also depend on the extent to which discretionary consumer spending is directed towards recreational activities generally and equestrian activities and products in particular. Reductions in the amounts of discretionary spending directed to such activities would reduce our revenues.

          Our customers’ purchases of discretionary items, including our products, may decline during periods when disposable income is lower or periods of actual or perceived unfavorable economic conditions. If this occurs, our revenues would decline, which may have a material adverse effect on our business.

9

Our results may fluctuate as a result of seasonal changes associated with the equestrian products industry.

          We experience seasonal fluctuation in our revenues and operating results. We typically realize a higher portion of our revenues and operating results during the fourth quarter. As a result of this seasonality, we believe that quarter to quarter comparisons of our operating results are not necessarily meaningful and that these comparisons cannot be relied upon as indicators of future performance.

Competition in the equestrian products market could reduce our revenue and profitability.

          The equestrian products market is highly fragmented with approximately 10,000 retail store locations nationwide. Many of these are small businesses that have a loyal customer base. We may therefore not be able to generate sufficient sales to support our new retail store locations. We also compete directly with State Line Tack, which is owned by Petsmart and has greater financial resources than we have. There are also a significant number of sporting goods stores, mass merchandisers and other better funded companies that could decide to enter into or expand their equestrian products offerings. In addition, if our competitors reduce their prices, we may have to reduce our prices in order to compete. We may also be forced to increase our advertising or mail a greater number of catalogs in order to generate the same or even lower level of sales. Any one of these competitive factors could adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

A natural disaster or other disruption at our Littleton, MA warehouse fulfillment center could cause us to lose merchandise and be unable to deliver products to our direct sales customers and our retail stores.

          We currently rely on our Littleton, MA warehouse to handle our fulfillment needs. Any natural disaster or other serious disruption to this center due to fire, flood, tornado, earthquake or any other calamity could damage a significant portion of our inventory, and materially impair our ability to adequately stock our retail stores, deliver merchandise to customers, and process returns to merchandise suppliers and could result in lost revenues and increased costs.

If we lose key members of management or are unable to retain the talent required for our business, our operating results could suffer.

          Our future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and efforts of Stephen Day, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Jonathan Grylls, our Chief Operating Officer and other key personnel including our senior executive management. We currently maintain four million dollars of key-man life insurance on Mr. Day, the proceeds of which are required to pay down outstanding debt. Effective as of September 1, 2005, we have entered into employment agreements with Mr. Day and Mr. Grylls which contain provisions for non-competition, non-solicitation and severance. In addition, our future success depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly-skilled and motivated, full-time and temporary sales personnel with appropriate equestrian products industry knowledge and retail experience to work in management and in our retail stores. The loss of the services of any one of these individuals or the inability to attract and retain qualified individuals for our key management and retail sales positions may have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

We may need additional financing to execute our growth strategy, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all, which could increase our costs, limit our ability to grow and dilute the ownership interests of existing shareholders.

          Our current revolving credit facility is due in full on September 16, 2008. The total amount raised in this offering will not be enough to finance the opening of all of our planned additional

10

stores over the next several years. In order to satisfy our revolving credit facility when due and to execute our retail store expansion strategy, we may need to borrow additional funds, raise additional equity financing or finance our planned expansion from profits. We may also need to raise additional capital in the future to respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated financial requirements. We may not be able to obtain additional financing, including the extension of refinancing of our revolving credit facility, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. A failure to obtain additional financing or an inability to obtain financing on acceptable terms could require us to incur indebtedness at high rates of interest or with substantial restrictive covenants, including prohibitions on payment of dividends.

          We may obtain additional financing by issuing equity securities that will dilute the ownership interests of existing shareholders. If we are unable to obtain additional financing, we may be forced to scale back operations or be unable to address opportunities for expansion or enhancement of our operations.

The terms of our revolving credit facility impose operating and financial restrictions on us, which may impair our ability to grow our business or respond to changing business and economic conditions and could have an adverse impact on our business.

          Our current revolving credit facility contains provisions which restrict our ability to, among other things, incur or repay additional indebtedness, make particular types of investments, incur liens, pay dividends, consummate mergers and consolidations, enter into transactions with affiliates or make substantial asset sales. In addition, our obligations under the revolving credit facility are secured by interests in substantially all of our personal property excluding store and distribution center equipment and fixtures. In the event of our insolvency, liquidation, dissolution or reorganization, the lenders under our revolving credit facility would be entitled to payment in full from our assets before distributions, if any, were made to our stockholders.

We rely on foreign sources for many of our products which subjects us to various risks.

          We currently source approximately 24% of our products from foreign manufacturers located in Europe, Asia and South America. As such, we are subject to risks and uncertainties associated with changing economic and political conditions in foreign countries. These risks and uncertainties include currency rate fluctuations, import duties and quotas, work stoppages, economic uncertainties including inflation, foreign government regulations, wars and fears of war, acts of terrorism and fear of acts of terrorism, political unrest and trade restrictions. Additionally, countries in which our products are currently manufactured or may be manufactured in the future may become subject to trade restrictions imposed by the U.S. or foreign governments. Any event affecting prices or causing a disruption or delay of imports from foreign merchandise suppliers, including the imposition of additional import restrictions, currency rate fluctuations, restrictions on the transfer of funds or increased tariffs or quotas, or both, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of merchandise available to us and adversely affect our operating results.

          We do not currently, and we do not plan to, hedge against increases or decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar against any foreign currencies. Our product sourcing from foreign merchandise suppliers means, in part, that we may be affected by declines in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other foreign currencies. Specifically, as the value of the U.S. dollar declines relative to other currencies, our effective cost of products increases. As a result, declines in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies would adversely affect our operating results.

11

Our retail store expansion strategy may result in our direct sales business establishing a nexus with additional states which may cause our direct sales business to pay additional income and sales taxes and have an adverse effect on the revenues and cash flows of our direct sales business.

          As we open retail stores in additional states, the necessary relationship between the retail stores and our direct sales business may be deemed by certain state tax authorities to create a nexus for state income and sales taxation of our direct sales business in those states. This could result in an increase in the tax collection and payment obligations of our direct sales business, which would have an adverse effect on the profitability and cash flows of our direct sales business and our overall business. Such sales tax collection obligations, if any, would increase the total cost of our products to our customers. This increased cost to our customers could negatively affect the revenues of our direct sales business if we are required to reduce the underlying prices for the products sold through our direct sales channel. The occurrence of either of these events would have an adverse effect on the revenues, costs and cash flows of our direct sales business. This area of law is uncertain and changing and we could be subject to paying back taxes and penalties.

If we fail to adequately protect our trademarks, our brand and reputation could be impaired or diluted and we could lose customers.

          We have, or have rights to, four marks that we consider to be material to the successful operation of our business: Dover Saddlery, Smith Brothers, Miller’s Harness and The Source. We currently use all of these marks in our direct sales business. We also have several additional pending trademark applications. We also regard our copyrights, service marks, trade dress, trade secrets and similar intellectual property as critical to our success. In addition to our registered marks and pending applications, our principal intellectual property rights include copyrights in our catalogs, rights to our domain names and our databases and information management systems. As such, we rely on trademark and copyright law, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect our proprietary rights. Nevertheless, the steps we take to protect our proprietary rights may be inadequate. Our trademark applications may not be granted, and we may not be able to secure significant protection for our marks. Our competitors or others may adopt trademarks or service marks similar to our marks or try to prevent us from using our marks, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to customer confusion. In addition, the relationship between regulations governing domain names and laws protecting trademarks and similar proprietary rights is unclear. Therefore, we may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe upon or otherwise decrease the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights. If we are unable to protect or preserve the value of our trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other proprietary rights for any reason, our brand and reputation could be impaired or diluted and we may lose customers.

We may have disputes with, or be sued by, third parties for infringement or misappropriation of their proprietary rights, which could have a negative impact on our business.

          Other parties may assert claims with respect to patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property rights that are important to our business, such as our Dover Saddlery, Smith Brothers and Miller’s Harness trademarks. Other parties might seek to block the use of, or seek monetary damages or other remedies for the prior use of, our intellectual property or the sale of our products as a violation of their trademark, patent or other proprietary rights. Defending any claims, even claims without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly settlements, litigation or restrictions on our business and could damage our reputation.

          In addition, there may be prior registrations or use of intellectual property in the U.S. or foreign countries (including, but not limited to, similar or competing marks or other proprietary rights) of which we are not aware. In all such countries, it may be possible for any third-party owner of a

12

trademark registration in that country or other proprietary right to enjoin or limit our expansion into those countries or to seek damages for our use of such intellectual property in such countries. In the event a claim against us were successful and we could not obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property or redesign or rename our products or operations to avoid infringement, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be harmed. In addition, securing registrations does not fully insulate us against intellectual property claims, as another party may have rights superior to our registration or our registration may be vulnerable to attack on various other grounds.

          Any such claims of infringement or misappropriation, whether meritorious or not, could:

• be expensive and time consuming to defend;

• prevent us from operating our business, or portions of our business;

• cause us to cease selling certain products;

• result in the loss of one or more key customers;

• require us to re-label or re-design certain products, if feasible;

• result in significant monetary liability;

• divert management’s attention and resources;

• potentially require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use necessary intellectual property; and

• force us to stop using valuable trademarks under which we market our products.

          Third parties might assert infringement claims against us in the future with respect to any of our products. Any such assertion might require us to enter into royalty arrangements or litigation that could be costly to us. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to numerous regulations and regulatory changes that could impact our business or require us to modify our current business practices.

          We are subject to numerous regulations governing the Internet and e-commerce, retailers generally, the importation, promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of retail stores and warehouse facilities. These regulations include customs, privacy, truth-in-advertising, consumer protection, shipping and zoning and occupancy laws and ordinances. Many of these laws and regulations may specifically impede the growth of the Internet or other online services. If these laws were to change, or are violated by our management, employees, suppliers, buying agents or trading companies, we could experience delays in shipments of our goods or be subject to fines or other penalties which could hurt our business, financial condition and results of operations.

          The growth and demand for online commerce has resulted, and may continue to result, in more stringent consumer compliance burdens on companies that operate in the e-commerce segment. Specifically, certain states have enacted various legislation with respect to consumer privacy. In addition, the Federal Trade Commission and certain state agencies have been investigating various Internet companies regarding their use of personal information. The costs of compliance with federal and state privacy laws and the costs that might be incurred in connection with any federal or state investigations could have a material adverse affect on our business and operating results. Our direct mail operations are subject to regulation by the U.S. Postal Service, the Federal Trade Commission and various state, local and private consumer protection and other regulatory authorities. In general, these regulations govern the manner in which orders may be solicited, the form and content of advertisements, information which must be provided to prospective customers, the time within which orders must be filled, obligations to customers if orders are not

13

shipped within a specified period of time and the time within which refunds must be paid if the ordered merchandise is unavailable or returned. From time to time, we have modified our methods of doing business and our marketing operations in response to such regulation. To date, such regulation has not had a material adverse effect on our business or operating results. However, future regulatory requirements or actions may have a material adverse effect on our business or operating results.

          Legal requirements are frequently changed and subject to interpretation, and we are unable to predict the ultimate cost of compliance with these requirements or their effect on our operations. We may be required to make significant expenditures or modify our business practices to comply with laws and regulations. Compliance with existing or future laws and regulations may materially limit our ability to operate our business and increase our costs.

Our 100% satisfaction guarantee exposes us to the risk of an increase in our return rates which could adversely affect our profitability.

          Part of our marketing and advertising strategy focuses on allowing customers to return products ordered from our catalogs at any time if they are not satisfied and obtain a refund of the purchase price. As we expand our sales, our return rates may not remain within our historically low levels and could significantly impair our profitability.

Our marketing expenditures may not result in increased sales or generate the levels of product and brand name awareness we desire and we may not be able to manage our marketing expenditures on a cost-effective basis.

          A significant component of our marketing strategy involves the use of direct marketing to generate sales. Future growth and profitability will depend in part on the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing expenditures, including our ability to:

• create greater awareness of our products and brand name;

• determine the appropriate creative message and media mix for future marketing expenditures;

• effectively manage marketing costs, including creative and media, to maintain acceptable costs per inquiry, costs per order and operating margins; and

• convert inquiries into actual orders.

          Our marketing expenditures may not result in increased sales or generate sufficient levels of product and brand name awareness and we may not be able to manage such marketing expenditures on a cost effective basis.

Risks Related To This Offering

There is no established trading market for our common stock, and the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance. You may never be able to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

          There has not been a public market for our common stock prior to this offering. We cannot predict the extent to which a trading market will develop or how liquid that market might become. If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will pay a price that was not established in the public trading markets. The initial public offering price will be determined primarily by an auction process to be conducted by the underwriter and other securities dealers participating in this offering and by negotiations between representatives of the underwriter and us. You may not be able

14

to resell your shares above the initial public offering price and may suffer a loss of all or part of your investment.

          The trading price of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially. The price of our common stock that will prevail in the market after this offering may be higher or lower than the price you pay, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control. Broad market and industry factors may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our shares of common stock.

          The market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially due to many factors, including:

• actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;

• price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

• significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of retail companies generally or specialty retail or sporting goods retail companies in particular;

• the content and recommendations contained in investment industry research reports issued on our company, competitors or industry;

• our failure to meet or exceed our financial performance estimates or those of investment industry research analysts, investors or others;

• market conditions or trends in our industry and the economy as a whole;

• announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;

• announcements of investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits filed against us;

• capital commitments;

• changes in our pricing policies or the pricing policies of our competitors;

• the actual or anticipated introduction of new products or product enhancements by us or our competitors;

• additions or departures of key personnel;

• our actual or anticipated sale or issuance of common stock or other securities in the future;

• actual or expected sales of our common stock, including sales of large blocks of our common stock or sales by our directors and officers;

• changes in market valuation or earnings of our competitors;

• the trading volume of our common stock;

• changes in the estimation of the future size and growth rate of our markets; and

• general economic conditions.

          In addition, companies in the stock market in general, and those traded on the Nasdaq National Market in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price

15

of a company’s securities, securities class-action litigation has often been instituted against that company. Such litigation, if instituted against us, would likely result in substantial costs and a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources, regardless of the outcome of any such litigation.

Because of their significant stock ownership, our existing shareholders will be able to exert substantial control over us and our significant corporate decisions.

          Upon completion of this offering, members of our executive management team and the Board of Directors will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 31.0% of our outstanding common stock, or 26.0% if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full. As a result, these persons, if acting together, will have the ability to significantly affect the outcome of all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, including the election and removal of Directors and any merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these persons, acting together, will have the ability to control the management and affairs of our Company, including the election of our Directors. This concentration of ownership may harm the market price of our common stock by, among other things:

• delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of our Company;

• impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving our Company;

• causing us to enter into transactions or agreements that are not in the best interests of all of our shareholders; or

• discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our Company.

Our management team may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.

          We cannot specify with certainty how we will use the net proceeds of this offering or our existing cash balance. Presently, we intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to execute our retail store expansion and multi-channel growth strategy, to reduce outstanding debt balances and for other general working capital purposes.

          Accordingly, our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not increase our operating results or market value. Until the net proceeds are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce income or that lose value.

Shares of our common stock are relatively illiquid.

          As of the date of this prospectus, we have 3,583,509 shares of common stock outstanding, and will have 4,766,732 shares of common stock outstanding after this offering. As a result of our relatively small public float, our common stock may be less liquid than the common stock of companies with broader public ownership. Among other things, trading of a relatively small volume of our common stock may have a greater impact on the trading price for our shares than would be the case if our public float were larger.

16

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about us or our business or if they downgrade our stock, the price of our common stock may decline.

          The trading market for our common stock may be affected by research and reports that industry or financial analysts may publish about us or our business. We do not control these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price could decline rapidly. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Substantial future sales or expected future sales of our common stock in the public market may cause the price of our common stock to decline.

          Our current shareholders hold a substantial number of shares of our common stock that they will be able to sell in the public market in the near future. Sales by our current shareholders of a substantial number of shares after this offering, or the expectation that such sales may occur, could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock. The holders of 100% of our capital stock outstanding as the date of this offering have agreed with WR Hambrecht + Co, the underwriter of this offering, to be bound by 180-day lock-up agreements that prohibit such holders from selling or transferring their stock other than in specific circumstances, and as part of this offering. However, WR Hambrecht + Co, at its discretion, can waive the restrictions of any one or more of the lock-up agreements at an earlier time without prior notice or announcement and allow some or all of our shareholders to sell their shares of our common stock in the public market subject only to applicable securities rules and regulations. Further, at the end of the 180-day lock-up period, such shareholders may sell their shares of our common stock subject only to applicable securities rules and regulations.

As a new investor, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of your shares.

          The offering price of our common stock in this offering is considerably more than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the value of our tangible assets after subtracting liabilities, and will incur substantial dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share of $12.99 at an assumed offering price of $14.00 per share. If outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock or other derivative instruments are exercised, our shareholders will experience additional dilution. Any further equity issuances will result in further dilution to our shareholders.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

          We currently intend to retain all available funds to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors, including our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects and other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

We will incur increased expenses as a result of recently enacted laws and regulations affecting public companies.

          As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act”, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System, or “Nasdaq”. The requirements of these new rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial

17

compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and may also place undue strain on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we evaluate and report on the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, and internal controls over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, and internal controls over financial reporting, significant resources and management oversight will be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. In addition, we may need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and we might not be able to do so in a timely fashion, if at all.

          These new rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified independent members of our Board of Directors and executive officers. We also expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. We may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. The Nasdaq marketplace rules require that a majority of our Board of Directors and all of certain committees of our Board of Directors consist of independent Directors within one year of the offering.

Anti-takeover provisions under our charter documents and Delaware law could delay or prevent a change of control and could also limit the market price of our stock.

          Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws that we will adopt in connection with this offering will contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control of our Company or changes in our Board of Directors that our shareholders might consider favorable. These provisions include:

• authorizing the issuance of preferred stock that can be created and issued by the Board of Directors without prior stockholder approval, with rights senior to those of our common stock;

• providing for a classified Board of Directors, with each Director serving a staggered three-year term;

• prohibiting shareholders from filling Board of Directors vacancies, calling special stockholder meetings or taking action by written consent; and

• requiring advance written notice of stockholder proposals and Director nominations.

          In addition, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may prohibit certain business combinations with shareholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These and other provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for shareholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our Board of Directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current Board of Directors, including to delay or impede a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest involving our Company. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our Board of Directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

18

Risks Relating To The Auction Process

Potential investors should not expect to sell our shares for a profit shortly after our common stock begins trading.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We will determine the initial public offering price for the shares sold in this offering primarily through an auction conducted by us and the underwriter. We believe the auction process will reveal a clearing price for the shares of our common stock offered in this offering. The clearing price is the highest price at which all of the shares offered, including the shares subject to the underwriter’s over-allotment option, may be sold to potential investors. Although we and the underwriter may elect to set the initial public offering price below the auction clearing price, the public offering price may be at or near the clearing price. If there is little to no demand for our shares at or above the initial public offering price once trading begins, the price of our shares would decline following this offering. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price. If your objective is to make a short term profit by selling the shares you purchase in this offering shortly after trading begins, you should not submit a bid in the auction.

Some bids made at or above the initial public offering price may not receive an allocation of shares.

          The underwriter for this offering may require that bidders confirm their bids before the auction for this offering closes. If a bidder is requested to confirm a bid and fails to do so within a required timeframe, that bid will be rejected and will not receive an allocation of shares even if the bid is at or above the initial public offering price. In addition, we, in consultation with the underwriter, may determine, in our sole discretion, that some bids that are at or above the initial public offering price are manipulative and disruptive to the bidding process or are not creditworthy, in which case such bids may be reduced or rejected. For example, in previous transactions for other issuers in which the auction process was used, the underwriter has rejected or reduced bids when the underwriter, in its sole discretion, deemed the bids not creditworthy or had reason to question the bidder’s intent or means to fund its bid. In the absence of other information, an underwriter or participating dealer may assess a bidder’s creditworthiness based solely on the bidder’s history with the underwriter or participating dealer. The underwriter has also reduced or rejected bids that it deemed, in its sole discretion, to be potentially manipulative or disruptive or because the bidder had a history of alleged securities law violations. Eligibility standards and suitability requirements of participating dealers may vary. As a result of these varying requirements, a bidder may have its bid rejected by a participating dealer while another bidder’s identical bid is accepted.

Potential investors may receive a full allocation of the shares they bid for if their bids are successful and should not bid for more shares than they are prepared to purchase.

          If our initial public offering price is at or near the clearing price for the shares offered in this offering, the number of shares represented by successful bids may equal or nearly equal the number of shares offered by this prospectus. Successful bidders may therefore be allocated all or nearly all of the shares that they bid for in the auction. Therefore, we caution investors against submitting a bid that does not accurately represent the number of shares of our common stock that they are willing and prepared to purchase.

19

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

          This prospectus, including the sections titled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements, including without limitation statements relating to:

• plans for expansion of retail stores;

• expected operating results;

• need for additional funds to finance retail store build-out;

• effect on revenues and success of multi-channel growth strategy;

• estimates of revenues and sales per square foot; and

• return of the initial investment on new retail stores.

          These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “may,” “could,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “seek,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that are, in some cases, beyond our control and that could materially affect actual results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements.

          If any of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may vary significantly from what we projected. Any forward-looking statement you read in this prospectus reflects our current views with respect to future events and is subject to these and other risks, uncertainties, and assumptions relating to our operations, results of operations, growth strategies and liquidity. We assume no obligation to publicly update or revise these forward-looking statements for any reason, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

MARKET DATA

          We use market and industry data throughout this prospectus, which we have obtained from market research, publicly available information and industry publications. These sources generally state that the information that they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. The market and industry data is often based on industry surveys and the preparers’ experience in the industry. Although we believe that the surveys and market research included in this prospectus that others have performed are reliable, we have not independently verified this information.

20

USE OF PROCEEDS

          The net proceeds from the sale of the 1,183,223 shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering are expected to be approximately $14.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by selling shareholders in this offering.

          We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to execute our retail store expansion and multi-channel growth strategy, to reduce outstanding debt balances and for other general working capital purposes.

          Our debt retirement and retail store expansion plans include the following:

• $8.3 million to retire our 11.50% subordinated debt due September 16, 2009;((1)) and

•  $4.0 to $6.0 million to open new retail stores in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions of the U.S.

          We do not have more specific plans for any net proceeds to us from this offering. We may seek to acquire, invest in, or establish joint ventures with respect to businesses, products, services, or technologies that complement or expand our existing business, and we may use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering for such acquisitions, investments, or joint ventures. We do not, however, have any present arrangements, understandings, or agreements with respect to any such acquisitions, investments, or joint ventures. Pending use for the corporate operating purposes described above, we may use proceeds of this offering to reduce the outstanding balance of our revolving credit facility((2)) and invest in direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government, cash or short-term, investment grade securities.

DIVIDEND POLICY

          We do not intend to pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance our business, for retail store expansion and for general corporate purposes. Our Board of Directors has the authority to declare and pay dividends on our common stock, in its discretion, as long as there are funds legally available to do so.

(1)  The 11.50% senior secured subordinated note may be prepaid at our option at 103% of its principal amount until September 16, 2006 and at a higher percentage thereafter.

(2)  The revolving credit facility provides for revolving loans up to $16 million. The total amount of availability is subject to limitations based on cash flows and other covenants.

21

CAPITALIZATION

          The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2005:

•  on an actual basis giving retroactive effect to the 1.3179 for 1 stock split to be effected before the completion of this offering;

•  on a pro forma basis to account for the conversion of the outstanding preferred stock and the subsequent repurchase of 795,865 shares of the Company’s common stock on September 16, 2005 and giving retroactive effect to the 1.3179 for 1 stock split to be effected before the completion of this offering. The table also includes the financial restructuring executed to facilitate the transaction as well as the collection of outstanding employee notes; and

•  on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (1) the pro forma adjustments and the sale of the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (2) penalty payments on the early retirement of debt and the amortization of related deferred financing cost and giving retroactive effect to the 1.3179 for 1 stock split to be effected before the completion of this offering.

          This table does not include:

•  251,711 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2005 with a weighted average exercise price of $1.77 per share, of which options to purchase 201,632 shares of our common stock were then exercisable;

• any shares reserved for issuance under our 1999 Stock Option Plan, as the terms of such plan will be amended as of the closing of this offering such that no shares will be available for issuance under that plan as of the closing;

•  623,574 shares of our common stock that will be reserved for issuance pursuant to grants under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan as of the closing of this offering; and

•  30,974 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant to purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.00759 per share issued to Patriot Capital Funding, Inc.

22

          This table should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

		June 30, 2005
								Pro Forma As
		Actual			Pro Forma			Adjusted
		(in thousands)
Long-term liabilities:
	Revolving line of credit	$	10,300		$	12,019		$	5,762
	Subordinated notes payable		3,769			8,050			—
	Capital lease obligation, net of current portion		334			334			334
Total long-term liabilities		$	14,403		$	20,403		$	6,096
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value;   1,449,690 shares authorized, 1,337,668 issued and outstanding at redemption value			3,087			—			—
Put rights available to preferred stock holders(1)			7,710			—			—
Put rights available to common stock holders(1)			22,792			26,877			—
Employee notes receivable in exchange for option exercise			(282	)		—			—
Stockholders’ equity:
	Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 7,116,660 shares authorized; outstanding — 3,023,256 as of June 30, 2005 actual, 3,565,059 as of June 30, 2005 pro forma, and 4,748,282 as of June 30, 2005 pro forma as adjusted		—			—			—
	Additional paid in capital		—			6,712			48,289
	Less treasury stock of 795,865 shares		—			(6,000	)		(6,000	)
	Accumulated other comprehensive income		14			14			14
	Retained deficit		(23,214	)		(23,214	)		(23,689	)
		$	10,107		$	4,389		$	18,614
	Total	$	24,510		$	24,792		$	24,710

⁽¹⁾  As discussed in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, due to certain redemption and put rights attributable to our existing redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock, we have recorded the redemption value outside of stockholders’ equity (deficit). The accretion to fair market value has been facilitated by a reduction of additional paid in capital and retained earnings (deficit). The redemption and put rights will be eliminated prior to or as a result of this offering.

23

DILUTION

          If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted by the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

          The historical net tangible book value of our common stock as of June 30, 2005 was ($3.5) million, or ($1.17) per share. The historical net tangible book value per share of our common stock is the difference between our tangible assets and our liabilities, divided by the number of common shares outstanding, after giving retroactive effect to the 1.3179 for 1 stock split to be effected before the completion of this offering. The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of June 30, 2005 was ($9.5) million, or ($2.67) per share. The pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock is the difference between our tangible assets and our liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2005, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 1,337,668 shares of our common stock, the repurchase of 795,865 shares of our common stock on September 16, 2005 and after giving retroactive effect to the 1.3179 for 1 stock split to be effected before the completion of this offering.

          For new investors in our common stock, dilution is the per share difference between the initial public offering price of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock immediately after completing this offering. Dilution in this case results from the fact that the per share offering price of our common stock is substantially in excess of the per share price paid by our current shareholders.

          As of June 30, 2005, after giving effect to the sale of the shares of our common stock offered by the prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and penalty payments on the early retirement of debt and the amortization of related deferred financing costs, the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock would have been $1.01 per share. Therefore, new investors in our common stock would have paid $14.00 for a share of common stock having a pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $1.01 per share after this offering. That is, their investment would have been diluted by approximately $12.99 per share. At the same time, our current shareholders would have realized an increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $3.68 per share after this offering without further cost or risk to themselves. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share		$	14.00
	Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2005		(2.67	)
	Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors in this offering		3.68
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering		$	1.01
Dilution per share to new investors		$	12.99

24

          The following table sets forth, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2005, the number of shares of our common stock purchased, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing and new shareholders:

		Shares Purchased					Total Consideration
												Average Price
		Number		Percent			Amount		Percent			Per Share
Existing stockholders			3,565,059		75.1	%	$	2,676,195		13.9	%	$	0.75
New investors			1,183,223		24.9	%		16,565,122		86.1	%		14.00
	Total		4,748,282		100.0	%	$	19,241,317		100.0	%	$	4.05

          The foregoing discussion and tables assume no exercise of any outstanding options or warrants to acquire common stock. As of June 30, 2005, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 251,711 shares of our common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $1.77 per share. To the extent that any of these options or warrants are exercised, your investment will be further diluted. In addition, upon the closing of the offering, we will grant options to purchase a total of 140,254 shares of our common stock under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan each at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

          If the underwriter exercises its over-allotment option in full, our existing shareholders will own 39.7%, and our new investors will own 60.3%, of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

25

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

          The selected historical financial data shown below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived our Consolidated Statements of Operations Data and certain of our Other Consolidated Financial Data for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and Consolidated Balance Sheet Data as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The Consolidated Statements of Operations Data and certain of our Other Consolidated Financial Data for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 2001 and Consolidated Balance Sheet Data as of December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 were derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements that are not included in this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data and certain other of our operating data for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 and consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2004 and 2005 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. Historical results do not necessarily indicate the results you should expect for future periods. The historical financial information gives retroactive effect to a 1.3179 for 1 stock split, which will be effected before the completion of this offering.

																Six Months
	Year Ended December 31,															Ended June 30,
	2000			2001			2002			2003			2004			2004			2005
	(dollars in thousands, except per share data)(2)
Consolidated Statement of Operations:
Revenues, net	$	32,626		$	34,614		$	42,670		$	52,455		$	58,698		$	28,560		$	30,580
Cost of revenues		20,481			21,473			26,632			32,712			36,857			18,245			19,495
Gross profit		12,145			13,141			16,038			19,744			21,841			10,315			11,085
Selling, general and administrative expenses		9,008			10,868			12,301			15,544			17,139			8,111			9,130
Operating income		3,137			2,273			3,738			4,200			4,702			2,204			1,955
Interest expense		1,600			1,425			1,489			1,825			1,324			628			801
Income before provision for income taxes		1,537			848			2,248			2,375			3,377			1,576			1,154
Provision for income taxes		956			665			999			1,111			1,481			691			505
Net Income	$	581		$	183		$	1,249		$	1,264		$	1,896		$	885		$	649
Preferred stock dividend		160			160			160			160			160			80			80
Net income attributed to common stockholders	$	421		$	23		$	1,089		$	1,104		$	1,736		$	805		$	569
Net Income per common share basic on a post-split basis	$	0.15		$	0.01		$	0.39		$	0.40		$	0.61		$	0.29		$	0.19
Diluted	$	0.14		$	0.01		$	0.30		$	0.30		$	0.44		$	0.21		$	0.14
Number of shares used in per share calculations on a post-split basis
Basic		2,761			2,761			2,761			2,761			2,848			2,761			3,023
Diluted		4,124			4,124			4,158			4,194			4,290			4,221			4,519
Other Operating Data:
Number of catalogs mailed (000’s)		2,718			2,829			3,587			5,810			5,355			3,195			3,839
Number of retail stores		1			1			2			2			3			3			4
Capital expenditures	$	105		$	469		$	338		$	209		$	661		$	380		$	431
Cash flows from operations activities	$	1,493		$	2,241		$	1,314		$	1,078		$	1,867		$	(1,824	)	$	(1,927	)
Cash flows from investing activities	$	(309	)	$	(394	)	$	(769	)	$	(573	)	$	(774	)	$	(383	)	$	(498	)
Cash flows from financing activities	$	(1,182	)	$	(1,847	)	$	(508	)	$	(519	)	$	(1,087	)	$	2,220		$	2,412
Gross profit margin		37.2%			38.0%			37.6%			37.6%			37.2%			36.1%			36.2%
EBITDA(1)	$	4,199		$	3,399		$	4,212		$	4,829		$	5,254		$	2,472		$	2,276
EBITDA margin(1)		12.9%			9.8%			9.9%			9.2%			9.0%			8.7%			7.4%
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	36		$	35		$	72		$	58		$	64		$	71		$	51
Total assets		21,824			20,768			23,534			25,503			26,763			27,686			29,768
Total long-term liabilities		13,403			12,023			12,080			12,460			11,778			14,916			14,403

(footnotes on following page)

26

⁽¹⁾  When we use the term “EBITDA”, we are referring to net income minus interest income plus interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. We present EBITDA because we consider it an important supplemental measure of our performance and believe it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry.

     EBITDA has some limitations as an analytical tool and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for net income, operating income, cash flows from operating, investing or financing activities or any other measure calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Some of the limitations are:

• EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or capital commitments;

• EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

• EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense or cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

• although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

• other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

     The following table reconciles EBITDA to net income.

											Six Months
	Year Ended December 31,										Ended June 30,
	2000		2001		2002		2003		2004		2004		2005
	(in thousands)(2)
Net income	$	581	$	183	$	1,249	$	1,264	$	1,896	$	885	$	649
Depreciation and amortization		1,062		1,126		475		630		553		268		322
Interest expense		1,600		1,425		1,489		1,824		1,324		628		801
Income taxes		956		665		999		1,111		1,481		691		505
EBITDA	$	4,199	$	3,399	$	4,212	$	4,829	$	5,254	$	2,472	$	2,276

⁽²⁾  Certain of these amounts may not properly sum due to rounding.

27

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

          The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

Overview

          We are a leading specialty retailer and the largest direct marketer of equestrian products in the U.S. For over 20 years, Dover Saddlery has been a premier upscale marketing brand in the English-style riding industry. We sell our products through a multi-channel strategy, including catalogs, the Internet and retail stores. This multi-channel strategy has allowed us to use catalogs and our proprietary database of nearly two million names of equestrian enthusiasts, including nearly 300,000 email addresses and approximately 200,000 Dover customers, as a primary marketing tool to increase catalog sales and to drive additional business to our e-commerce websites and retail stores.

Historical Development

          Our business was started in 1975 by top-ranked English-style riding champions, Jim and David Powers. Our Wellesley, MA retail store opened in 1975 and our catalog operations began in 1982. In September 1998, Stephen Day, our current President and Chief Executive Officer and a veteran of the equestrian products direct marketing industry, and certain other investors acquired a controlling interest in Dover. In 2000, we launched our main website, www.doversaddlery.com. In 2002, we opened our second Dover Saddlery store in Hockessin, DE and we expanded into the Western-style market by acquiring the Smith Brothers catalog and website, www.smithbrothers.com. In 2003, we acquired rights to the Miller’s Harness brand for use in catalog and Internet sales to target entry-level and lower-cost equestrian products customers. We opened a Smith Brothers store in Denton, TX in 2004 and our third Dover Saddlery store in Plaistow, NH in 2005.

          We offer a comprehensive selection of more than 5,800 products required to own, train and compete with a horse, costing from $1 to over $4,000. Our products fall into the three main categories of saddles and tack, specialized apparel, and horse care and stable products. We have historically focused on the English-style riding market. Dover is known for providing the highest quality products for English-style riding, including premier brands such as Hermes, Ariat, Grand Prix, Mountain Horse, Passier, and Prestige. To broaden our product offerings, we began selling into the Western-style riding market in 2002 under the Smith Brothers name.

          We have carefully built a multi-channel platform for growth by developing an extensive consumer database of equestrian enthusiasts and Dover customers. We have positioned ourselves to capitalize on the synergies of combining catalog and Internet operations with a retail store channel. By marketing our products across integrated, multiple sales channels, we have strengthened our brand visibility and brand equity, expanded our customer database and increased revenues, profits and market share. While our catalog acts as the primary marketing vehicle to increase Internet and store traffic, each of our channels reinforces the other and generates additional customers. Because we sell equestrian products through multiple channels to the same customer base, we operate in one reportable business segment.

28

Revenues

          We market and sell the most comprehensive selection of products in the equestrian industry. We currently derive our revenues from product sales through three integrated distribution channels: catalog, Internet and our retail stores. Our direct sales consist of product sales generated from both catalog mailings and Internet marketing, and our retail store sales consist of products sold through our retail stores. We sell to the English-style riding market through our Dover Saddlery brand and to the Western-style riding market through our Smith Brothers brand.

          In 2004, approximately 88.9% of our revenues resulted from sales through our direct channel, and 11.1% resulted from sales at our three retail stores. For the six months ended June 30, 2005, our retail store sales increased to 13.9% of revenues which reflects the opening of our fourth retail store. All revenues are recorded net of product returns.

          Revenues from our product sales are seasonal. In addition, our revenues can be affected by the timing of our catalog mailings. In 2004, 28.4% of our revenues were generated in the fourth quarter.

Cost of Revenues

          The most significant components of our cost of revenues are product costs, purchasing, handling and transportation costs to obtain the products and ship them to our customers. We manage our integrated merchandising efforts by forming positive relationships with over 600 suppliers to ensure competitive costs and the most complete product offering for our customers. We have implemented procedures to promote labor efficiencies in the handling of our products. In addition, we work closely with transportation companies in negotiating competitive rate structures to manage our freight costs.

Gross Profit

          Our gross profit as a percentage of revenues varies according to the season of the year and the mix of products sold. Our gross profit may not be comparable to other specialty retailers, as some companies include all of the costs related to distribution in cost of revenues while others, like us, exclude all or a portion of the costs related to distribution from cost of revenues and include them in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

          Our selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of:

• advertising, marketing and other brand-building costs, primarily associated with developing, printing and distributing our catalogs;

• labor and related costs for order processing, and salaries and related costs for marketing, creative and executive personnel;

• infrastructure costs and information system costs;

• credit card processing fees; and

• occupancy and other overhead costs.

As we focus on increasing our market penetration and continuing to build brand awareness, we anticipate that selling, general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future. Selling, general and administrative costs as a percentage of our revenues are not likely to decrease in the foreseeable future as we intend to continue to take advantage of our market-leading position in the equestrian industry by building on the Dover Saddlery and Smith Brothers brands. We also expect our general and administrative expenses will

29

increase due to our preparations to become and to operate as a public company, including costs associated with compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, increased professional services and investor relations.

Fiscal Periods

          Our fiscal year ends on December 31 and our fiscal quarters end on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31.

Results of Operations

          The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods shown:

		Fiscal Year Ended									Six Months
		December 31,									Ended June 30,
		2002			2003			2004			2004			2005
		(dollars in thousands)(2)
Revenues, net — direct		$	39,424		$	47,328		$	52,160		$	25,560		$	26,318
Revenues, net — retail stores			3,246			5,127			6,538			3,000			4,261
Revenues, net — total			42,670			52,455			58,698			28,560			30,580
Cost of revenues			26,632			32,712			36,857			18,245			19,495
Gross profit			16,038			19,744			21,841			10,315			11,085
Selling, general and administrative expenses			12,301			15,544			17,139			8,111			9,130
Operating income			3,738			4,200			4,702			2,204			1,955
Interest expense			1,489			1,825			1,324			628			801
Income before provision for income taxes			2,248			2,375			3,377			1,576			1,154
Provision for income taxes			999			1,111			1,481			691			505
Net income		$	1,249		$	1,264		$	1,896		$	885		$	649
Other Operating Data:
	Number of catalogs mailed (000’s)		3,587			5,810			5,355			3,195			3,839
	Number of retail stores		2			2			3			3			4
	Capital expenditures	$	338		$	209		$	661		$	380		$	431
	Cash flows from operations activities	$	1,314		$	1,078		$	1,867		$	(1,824	)	$	(1,927	)
	Cash flows from investing activities	$	(769	)	$	(573	)	$	(774	)	$	(383	)	$	(498	)
	Cash flows from financing activities	$	(508	)	$	(519	)	$	(1,087	)	$	2,220		$	2,412
	Gross profit margin		37.6	%		37.6	%		37.2	%		36.1	%		36.2	%
	EBITDA(1)	$	4,212		$	4,829		$	5,254		$	2,472		$	2,276
	EBITDA margin(1)		9.9	%		9.2	%		9.0	%		8.7	%		7.4	%

(1)	When we use the term “EBITDA”, we are referring to net income minus interest income plus interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. We present EBITDA because we consider it an important supplemental measure of our performance and believe it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry.
(2)	Certain of these amounts may not properly sum due to rounding.

30

          The following table sets forth our results of operations as a percentage of revenues for the periods shown:

	Fiscal Year Ended						Six Months
	December 31,						Ended June 30,
	2002		2003		2004		2004		2005
Revenues, net — direct		92.4%		90.2%		88.9%		89.5%		86.1%
Revenues, net — retail stores		7.6%		9.8%		11.1%		10.5%		13.9%
Revenues, net — total		100.0%		100.0%		100.0%		100.0%		100.0%
Cost of revenues		62.4%		62.4%		62.8%		63.9%		63.8%
Gross profit		37.6%		37.6%		37.2%		36.1%		36.2%
Selling, general and administrative expenses		28.8%		29.6%		29.2%		28.4%		29.9%
Operating income		8.8%		8.0%		8.0%		7.7%		6.4%
Interest expense		3.5%		3.5%		2.3%		2.2%		2.6%
Income before provision for income taxes		5.3%		4.5%		5.8%		5.5%		3.8%
Provision for income taxes		2.3%		2.1%		2.5%		2.4%		1.6%
Net income		2.9%		2.4%		3.2%		3.1%		2.1%

Comparison of Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 to Six Months Ended June 30, 2004

Revenues

          Our total revenues increased 7.1% to $30.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2005, from $28.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004. Revenues increased approximately $1.3 million, or 42.0%, in our retail store channel and $0.8 million or 3.0%, in our direct sales channel. The increase in revenues from our retail store channel was driven primarily by the successful opening of our new Plaistow, NH store, which generated $1.2 million in revenues in the second quarter of 2005 after its grand opening on April 15, 2005. Our increase in direct sales was softened by a weak spring season consistent with the overall consumer confidence level for that period.

Gross Profit

          Gross profit increased 7.4% to $11.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2005, from $10.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues increased to 36.2% in the six months ended June 30, 2005, from 36.1% of revenues in the six months ended June 30, 2004. This increase in gross profit was due to increased revenues, primarily in our retail store channel. This increase, as a percentage of revenues, was due to realized benefits from our merchandising strategies.

Selling, General and Administrative

          Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 12.6% to $9.1 million (29.9% of revenues) in the six months ended June 30, 2005, from $8.1 million (28.4% of revenues) in the six months ended June 30, 2004. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to increased advertising and catalog expenses of $0.3 million, labor expenses of $0.3 million and occupancy costs of $0.2 million in support of both our direct sales channel and our new retail store.

Interest Expense

          Interest expense, including amortization of deferred financing costs attributed to our subordinated debt and revolving credit facility, amounted to $0.8 million in the six months ended

31

June 30, 2005 compared to approximately $0.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004. The increase was primarily due to higher borrowing levels and higher average rates of interest on our revolving credit facility during the six months ended June 30, 2005.

Income Tax Provision

          The provision for income taxes was $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005, reflecting an effective tax rate of 43.7%, as compared to $0.7 million in 2004, reflecting an effective tax rate of 43.8%.

Net Income

          Net Income of $0.6 million decreased by $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005 due primarily to new retail store pre-opening expenses, as well as softness in our direct sales and increased interest expense.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

Revenues

          Our total revenues increased 11.9% to $58.7 million in 2004, from $52.5 million in 2003, a total increase of $6.2 million. Revenues in our direct sales channel increased $4.8 million, or 10.2%, and revenues in our retail store channel increased $1.4 million, or 27.5%. The increase in revenues from our direct sales channel was attributed to higher unit volumes through both catalog and the Internet from both the Dover Saddlery and the Smith Brothers brands. The higher volumes are attributed to more efficient and targeted mailings. The increase in revenues from our retail store channel was due primarily to the successful opening of our Smith Brothers store in Denton, TX in April 2004 which contributed approximately $0.7 million during 2004, as well as sales growth of $0.5 million from the Hockessin, DE store.

Gross Profit

          Gross profit increased 10.6% to $21.8 million in 2004, from $19.7 million in 2003. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues slightly decreased to 37.2% in 2004, from 37.6% of revenues in 2003. The increase of $2.1 million in gross profit was due primarily to increased revenues in both the direct sales and retail store channels. The reduction in gross profit as a percentage of revenues was due primarily to a slight variation in overall product mix.

Selling, General and Administrative

          Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $17.1 million (29.2% of revenues) in 2004 from $15.5 million (29.6% of revenues) in 2003. The $1.6 million increase includes advertising and catalog spending of approximately $0.7 million to support the growth of both our direct sales and retail store channels. Labor and related costs increased approximately $0.5 million to support the new Smith Brothers store, increased direct channel sales and administrative support functions. Occupancy costs increased approximately $0.2 million due to the 32,000 square foot expansion of our central warehouse, as well as the new Plaistow, NH store.

Interest Expense

          Interest expense of $1.3 million in 2004, including amortization of deferred financing costs attributed to our subordinated debt and revolving credit facility, was approximately $0.5 million less than 2003 interest expense of $1.8 million, due primarily to a reduction in the interest expense attributable to our subordinated debt, which we refinanced in December 2003.

32

Income Tax Provision

          The provision for income taxes was $1.5 million in 2004, reflecting an effective tax rate of 43.9%, as compared to $1.1 million in 2003, reflecting an effective tax rate of 46.8%.

Net Income

          Net income for the year 2004 increased 50% to $1.9 million, due primarily to our combined 11.9% revenue growth across both sales channels during the year.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2003 and 2002

Revenues

          Our total revenues increased 22.9%, to $52.5 million in 2003, from $42.7 million in 2002, a total increase of $9.8 million. Revenues from the direct sales channel increased $7.9 million, or 20.0%, and was attributable to the first full year of the Smith Brothers catalog acquired in 2002 (an increase of $2.9 million, or 80.0%), the launch of our Miller’s Harness sales flier targeted to entry-level equestrians (which generated revenues of $2.3 million), as well as continued growth in the core Dover Saddlery brand of $2.7 million. The Dover Saddlery increase was attributed to enhanced product mix and new targeted catalog mailings. Revenues from our retail stores increased approximately $1.9 million, or 57.9%, due primarily to the first full year of operation for the Hockessin, DE store, which opened in October 2002.

Gross Profit

          Gross profit increased 23.1% to $19.7 million in 2003, from a gross profit of $16.0 million in 2002. The increase in gross profit of $3.7 million is attributable to the substantial increases in revenues of 22.9% in 2003. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues was unchanged, at 37.6% of revenues in both 2003 and 2002.

Selling, General and Administrative

          Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 26.4% to $15.5 million (29.5% of revenues) in 2003 from $12.3 million (28.8% of revenues) in 2002. During 2003, we increased catalog mailings by $0.7 million in order to rapidly gain market share in our new Western-style riding market, as well as $0.6 million for the development and launch of our newly acquired Miller’s Harness brand. We also expanded our call center and fulfillment capacity which increased costs by approximately $0.2 million as revenues increased. In addition, the first full year of our new Hockessin, DE store increased both occupancy ($0.1 million) and labor costs ($0.2 million).

Interest Expense

          Interest expense, including amortization of deferred financing costs attributed to our subordinated debt and revolving credit facility, increased in 2003, to $1.8 million, from $1.5 million in 2002. The increase was attributable to higher borrowing levels required by the first full year of operations of Smith Brothers and the Miller’s Harness sales flier and increased working capital needs as well as higher than average rates of interest on our revolving credit facility during 2003.

Income Tax Provision

          Income taxes were $1.1 million in 2003, reflecting an effective tax rate of 46.8%, as compared to $1.0 million in 2002, reflecting an effective tax rate of 44.5%.

33

Net Income

          Net income for the year 2003 was $1.3 million, compared with $1.2 million in the previous year, where increased revenue and profitability was offset by the increased operating and interest costs of our newly acquired Western-style equestrian products catalog.

Quarterly Results of Operations

          Since 2001, our quarterly product sales have ranged from a low of approximately 20% to a high of approximately 32% of any calendar year’s results. The beginning of the spring outdoor riding season in the northern half of the country has typically generated a slightly stronger second quarter of the year, and the holiday buying season has generated additional demand for our normal equestrian product lines in the fourth quarter of the year. Revenues for the first and third quarters of the calendar year have tended to be somewhat lower than the second and fourth quarters. We anticipate that our revenues will continue to vary somewhat by season. Consistent with historical third quarter performance, we expect revenue in the third quarter of the year 2005 to be less than revenue in the second quarter and to be approximately $13.9 to $14.0 million.

          The timing of our new retail store openings has had and is expected to continue to have a significant impact on our quarterly results. We will incur one-time expenses related to the opening of each new store. As we open new stores (i) revenues may spike and then settle and (ii) pre-opening expenses, including such expenses as occupancy and management overhead, are incurred, which may not be offset by correlating revenues during the same financial reporting period. As a result of these factors, new retail store openings may result in temporary declines in operating profit, both in dollars and as a percentage of sales.

          The following tables presenting our unaudited quarterly results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited information on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. You should also keep in mind, as you read the following tables, that our operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future quarters or for a full year.

34

          The following table presents our unaudited quarterly results of operations for the ten fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2005. This table includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for fair statement of our financial position and operating results for the quarters presented.

		Fiscal Quarter Ended
		March 31,			June 30,			Sept 30,			Dec 31,			March 31,			June 30,			Sept 30,			Dec 31,			March 31,			June 30,
		2003			2003			2003			2003			2004			2004			2004			2004			2005			2005
		(dollars in thousands)
Revenues, net — direct		$	9,746		$	12,222		$	10,799		$	14,561		$	12,685		$	12,875		$	11,772		$	14,828		$	12,875		$	13,443
Revenues, net — retail stores			915			1,306			1,449			1,457			1,263			1,737			1,707			1,831			1,370			2,891
Revenues, net — total			10,661			13,528			12,248			16,018			13,948			14,612			13,479			16,659			14,245			16,334
Cost of revenues			6,741			8,544			7,663			9,764			8,924			9,321			8,560			10,053			9,172			10,323
Gross profit			3,920			4,984			4,585			6,254			5,024			5,291			4,919			6,606			5,073			6,011
Selling, general and administrative expenses			3,282			3,934			3,622			4,706			3,986			4,125			4,143			4,885			4,455			4,675
Operating income			638			1,050			963			1,548			1,038			1,166			776			1,721			618			1,336
Interest expense			433			448			454			489			303			325			344			352			392			409
Income before provision for income taxes			205			602			509			1,059			735			841			432			1,369			226			927
Provision for income taxes			96			281			238			496			322			369			188			602			99			405
Net income		$	109		$	321		$	271		$	563		$	413		$	472		$	244		$	767		$	127		$	522
Other Operating Data:
	Number of catalogs mailed (000’s)		1,797			1,690			1,082			1,240			1,815			1,379			1,149			1,012			2,177			1,661
	Number of retail stores		2			2			2			2			2			3			3			3			3			4
	Gross profit margin		36.8	%		36.8	%		37.4	%		39.0	%		36.0	%		36.2	%		36.5	%		39.7	%		35.6	%		36.8	%
	EBITDA(1)	$	764		$	1,212		$	1,110		$	1,743		$	1,172		$	1,300		$	910		$	1,872		$	780		$	1,496
	EBITDA margin(1)		7.2	%		9.0	%		9.1	%		10.9	%		8.4	%		8.9	%		6.8	%		11.2	%		5.5	%		9.2	%

⁽¹⁾  When we use the term “EBITDA”, we are referring to net income minus interest income plus interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. We present EBITDA because we consider it an important supplemental measure of our performance and believe it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry.

35

          The following table sets forth our results of operations as a percentage of revenues for the periods shown:

	Fiscal Quarter Ended
	March 31,		June 30,		Sept 30,		Dec 31,		March 31,		June 30,		Sept 30,		Dec 31,		March 31,		June 30,
	2003		2003		2003		2003		2004		2004		2004		2004		2005		2005
Revenues, net — direct		91.4%		90.3%		88.2%		90.9%		90.9%		88.1%		87.3%		89.0%		90.4%		82.3%
Revenues, net — retail stores		8.6%		9.7%		11.8%		9.1%		9.1%		11.9%		12.7%		11.0%		9.6%		17.7%
Revenues, net — total		100.0%		100.0%		100.0%		100.0%		100.0%		100.0%		100.0%		100.0%		100.0%		100.0%
Cost of revenues		63.2%		63.2%		62.6%		61.0%		64.0%		63.8%		63.5%		60.3%		64.4%		63.2%
Gross profit		36.8%		36.8%		37.4%		39.0%		36.0%		36.2%		36.5%		39.7%		35.6%		36.8%
Selling, general and administrative expenses		30.7%		29.1%		29.6%		29.4%		28.6%		28.2%		30.7%		29.3%		31.3%		28.6%
Operating income		6.0%		7.8%		7.9%		9.7%		7.4%		8.0%		5.8%		10.3%		4.3%		8.2%
Interest expense		4.1%		3.3%		3.7%		3.1%		2.2%		2.2%		2.6%		2.1%		2.8%		2.5%
Income before provision for income taxes		2.0%		4.5%		4.2%		6.6%		5.3%		5.8%		3.2%		8.2%		1.6%		5.7%
Provision for income taxes		1.0%		2.1%		1.9%		3.1%		2.3%		2.5%		1.4%		3.6%		0.7%		2.5%
Net income		1.1%		2.4%		2.2%		3.5%		3.0%		3.2%		1.8%		4.6%		0.9%		3.2%

Liquidity and Capital Resources

          Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows generated from our operations, availability under our revolving credit facility and available cash and cash equivalents. We intend to use these sources of liquidity to fund our working capital requirements, capital expenditure requirements and third-party debt service requirements. We may in the future need to obtain additional financing from banks, or through public offerings or private placements of debt or equity securities, strategic relationships or other arrangements.

Operating Activities

          The cash used by our operating activities in the first six months of 2005 was primarily inventory of $1.0 million, mostly for the new Plaistow, NH store, as well as seasonal increases in prepaid catalogs of $1.2 million. In the first six months of 2004, cash used by our operating activities was $1.8 million, including inventory of $0.5 million (primarily from a new retail store), seasonal prepaid catalog production of $0.7 million and payables and accrued expenses totaling $1.1 million.

          In 2004, cash provided by our operating activities was primarily due to net income of $1.9 million and non-cash expenses of $0.9 million, which were partially offset by an increase in inventory of $0.9 million, and a decrease in accounts payable of $0.2 million. The increase in inventory was due to the opening of a new retail store, in addition to our normal revenues-related increases. In 2003, the cash provided by our operating activities was primarily due to net income of $1.3 million, and non-cash expenses of $1.1 million, which were partially offset by an increase in inventory of $1.4 million and a decrease in accounts payable of $0.5 million. The increase in inventory was due to the substantial increase in Western-style riding inventory in support of the first full year of operations for the new Smith Brothers catalog, in addition to our normal revenues-related increases. In 2002, the cash provided by our operating activities was primarily generated by net income of $1.3 million and an increase in accounts payable of $1.5 million which were partially offset

36

by an increase in inventory of $1.7 million, due to the new inventory required for the support of the new Smith Brothers catalog, and the opening of the Hockessin, DE retail store.

Investing Activities

          Cash used in our investing activities was $0.5 million in the first half of 2005, $0.4 million in the first half of 2004, $0.8 million in the full year of 2004, $0.6 million in 2003 and $0.8 million in 2002. Investment activities throughout the period represent the purchase of capital equipment in support of our growth, including leasehold improvements, computer equipment, internal use software, furniture and fixtures and the purchase of other assets.

Financing Activities

          Net cash provided by our normal seasonal financing activities in the six month periods ending June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2004 consisted of $2.4 million and $2.2 million, respectively, in borrowings under our revolving credit facility. In 2004, net cash used in our financing activities consisted primarily of $0.9 million for repayment of borrowings under our revolving credit facility and $0.2 million in capital lease payments. In 2003, net cash used in our financing activities consisted primarily of net payments of $0.3 million related to the refinancing of our senior subordinated debt and revolving credit facility. In 2002, net cash used in our financing activities in 2002 consisted primarily of $0.3 million for repayment of borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

Revolving Credit Facility

          In September 2005, we renewed and increased our revolving credit facility with Bank of America, N.A., under which we can borrow up to $16.0 million, including $2.0 million for letters of credit. Interest accrues at a variable rate based on both prime and published LIBOR rates. The credit facility expires on September 16, 2008 at which time all advances will be immediately due and payable. As of June 30, 2005, the revolving credit facility borrowing limit was $14.0 million and the amount outstanding under the credit facility was $10.3 million at a blended rate of 6.1% and the unused amount available was $3.7 million. On September 16, 2005, we drew on our credit facility for $2.0 million to finance a portion of a $6.0 million purchase price of 795,865 shares of our common stock. We maintain a derivative financial instrument to hedge the risk of interest rate fluctuations on a portion of our outstanding bank debt. Borrowings are secured by substantially all of our assets. Under the terms of our credit facility, we are subject to certain covenants including, among others, maximum funded debt ratios and capital expenditures, and minimum operating cash flows and profitability. At October 25, 2005, we were in compliance with all covenants under the credit facility. To the extent we are unable to satisfy those covenants in the future, we will need to obtain waivers to avoid being in default of the terms of this credit facility. If a default occurs, the bank may require that we repay all amounts then outstanding. Any amounts which we may be required to repay prior to a scheduled repayment date, however, would reduce funds that we could otherwise allocate to other opportunities that we consider desirable.

Senior Subordinated Note and Warrant

          On September 16, 2005, we and each of our subsidiaries closed an Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement with Patriot Capital Funding, Inc., which provided for our issuance of a senior subordinated note payable, which is due in full on September 16, 2009 for aggregate proceeds of $8.05 million. Of such proceeds, $3.5 million was used to pay off a previously existing subordinated note payable and $4.0 million was used to pay a portion of a $6.0 million purchase price of 795,865 shares of our common stock. The note is a general senior subordinated obligation, is subordinated in right of payment to our existing and future senior debt, ranks equal in right of payment with any of our future senior subordinated debt and is senior in right of payment to any of our future subordinated debt. Interest at an annual rate of 11.5% is payable monthly on the fifth business day of the month. Prepayment on the principal amount due

37

under the note may voluntarily be made at any time in multiples of $100,000, plus accrued and unpaid interest and a prepayment fee equal to the principal amount prepaid multiplied by 3.0% if prepayment is made prior to September 16, 2006, by 4.0% if prepayment is made prior to September 16, 2007, 5.0% if prepayment is made prior to September 16, 2008 and 6.0% if prepayment is made prior to September 16, 2009. Mandatory prepayment is required upon a change in control. We intend to prepay all or a portion of the debt due under the note with the proceeds of this offering. Simultaneously with the issuance of this note, we issued a warrant to Patriot Capital Funding, Inc. exercisable at any time after March 31, 2006 for up to 30,974 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.00759 per share.

Treasury Stock Transaction

          On September 16, 2005, the holder of all 1,337,668 shares of our outstanding preferred stock converted all of its shares of preferred stock into 1,337,668 shares of our common stock. We repurchased 795,865 of such shares of common stock for a purchase price of $6.0 million. We funded $4.0 million of the $6.0 million purchase price by increasing our existing interest-bearing note payable to a third party to $8.05 million and drew on our amended credit facility for the remaining $2.0 million. We intend to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to repay the $8.05 million note.

Working Capital and Capital Expenditure Needs

          We believe our existing cash, cash equivalents, expected cash to be provided by our operating activities, funds available through our revolving credit facility and the net proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to meet our currently planned working capital and capital expenditure needs over at least the next 24 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the expansion of our marketing and sales activities, the expansion of our retail stores, the acquisition of new capabilities or technologies and the continuing market acceptance of our products. To the extent that existing cash, cash equivalents, cash from operations and cash from short-term borrowings are insufficient to fund our future activities, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing. Although we are currently not a party to any agreement or letter of intent with respect to potential investments in, or acquisitions of, businesses, services or technologies, we may enter into these types of arrangements in the future, which could also require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all.

Contractual Obligations

          We generally do not enter into binding purchase commitments. Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our credit facility and leases for our headquarters and distribution facility, as well as our retail stores and miscellaneous office space. The following table describes our commitments to settle contractual obligations in cash as of June 30, 2005, unless otherwise noted:

	Payments Due by Period
	2005		2006		2007		2008		2009		Total
	(in thousands)
Short-term bank borrowings	$	1,023	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1,023
Capital leases(1)		175		151		97		64		21		508
Operating leases(1)		1,020		581		201		160		120		2,082
Revolving credit facility		—		10,300		—		—		—		10,300
Senior subordinated notes		—		—		3,769		—		—		3,769
Total	$	2,218	$	11,032	$	4,067	$	224	$	141	$	17,682

⁽¹⁾  Based on December 31, 2004 commitments.

38

          As of June 30, 2005, our total contractual obligations had increased by $2.6 million from December 31, 2004 as a result of advances on the revolving credit facility.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

          As of June 30, 2005, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4) of the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Regulation S-K.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Foreign Currency Risk

          Nearly all of our revenues are derived from transactions denominated in U.S. dollars. We purchase products in the normal course of business from foreign manufacturers. As such, we have exposure to adverse changes in exchange rates associated with those product purchases, but this exposure has not been significant.

Impact of Inflation

          We believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition have not been material in recent years.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

          We had cash and cash equivalents totaling $0.1 million at June 30, 2005. The unrestricted cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Some of the securities in which we invest, however, may be subject to market risk. This means that a change in prevailing interest rates may cause the principal amount of the investments to fluctuate. To minimize this risk in the future, we intend to maintain our portfolio of cash equivalents and short-term investments in a variety of securities, including commercial paper, money market funds, debt securities and certificates of deposit. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates. As of June 30, 2005, all of our investments were held in money market accounts.

          Our exposure to market risk also relates to the increase or decrease in the amount of interest expense we must pay on our outstanding debt instruments, primarily certain borrowings under our revolving credit facility. The advances under this revolving credit facility bear a variable rate of interest determined as a function of the prime rate and the published LIBOR rate at the time of the borrowing. We maintain a derivative financial instrument to hedge the risk of interest rate fluctuations on a portion of our outstanding bank debt. If interest rates were to increase by one percent, the additional interest expense as of June 30, 2005 would be approximately $100,000 annually prior to any potential benefit from our interest rate protection. At June 30, 2005, there was $10.3 million outstanding under our revolving credit facility.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

          Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates.

          We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which are described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements, the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, we believe that the following accounting policies are the most

39

critical to fully understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

          Revenues from product sales are recognized at the time of shipment to catalog and Internet customers and at the point of sale to retail store customers. At the time of recognition, we provide a reserve for projected product returns based on prior return experience. For the periods presented, merchandise returns have been consistent, resulting in period-end reserves of $561,000, $663,000, $616,000 and $580,000 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, and the six months ended June 30, 2005, respectively. We do not anticipate changes to the future trends of our merchandise returns.

          Shipping and handling fees charged to the customer are recognized at the time the products are shipped to the customer and are included in net revenues. Shipping costs are included in cost of goods sold.

Inventory Valuation

          Inventory consists of finished goods in our warehouse and retail stores. Our inventory is stated at the lower of cost, with cost determined by the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method, or net realizable market value. We continuously monitor the costs allocated to ensure adequate valuation of the related products. Our reserve for inventory obsolescence was $64,000, $64,000 and $70,000 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The related reserve at the six month period ended June 30, 2005 was $70,000. Inventory valuation charges have remained consistent throughout each period presented. We do not foresee any change to this trend which currently recognizes annual valuation charges below that of the period end reserve balances.

Advertising Costs and Catalog Expenses

          The costs of direct-response advertising materials, primarily catalog production and distribution costs, are deferred in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) 93-7, Reporting on Advertising Costs. These costs are recognized over the period of expected future revenues, which is less than one year. Advertising costs not related to our direct response catalogs and marketing activities are expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes

          We account for income taxes under the liability method wherein the deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on the difference between the financial statements and tax bases of assets and liabilities, multiplied by the expected tax rate in the year the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax expense results from the change in the net deferred tax asset or liability between periods.

Stock Based Compensation

          We account for employee stock-based compensation under APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and elect the disclosure-only alternative under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and the enhanced disclosures as required by SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure. We have one stock-based employee compensation plan, which is more fully described in Note 6.

          Under the intrinsic-value method, compensation expense is measured on the date of grant as the difference between the deemed fair value of our common stock and the option exercise price

40

multiplied by the number of options granted. Generally, we grant stock options with exercise prices equal to the estimated fair value of our common stock, however, to the extent the deemed fair value of the common stock exceeds the exercise price of stock options granted to employees on the date of grant, we record deferred stock-based compensation and amortize the expense over the vesting schedule of the options, generally four years. The fair value of our common stock is determined by our Board of Directors. In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our Board considers objective and subjective factors in determining the fair value of the common stock and related options. Consistent with the guidance provided by the AICPA’s Technical Practice Aid on The Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (the TPA), such considerations included, but were not limited to, the following factors:

          • Historical and expected future earnings performance

          • The liquidation preferences and dividend rights of our preferred stock

          • Milestones achieved by the Company

          • Marketplace and major competition

          • Market barriers to entry

          • Our workforce and related skills

          • Our customer and vendor characteristics

          • Strategic relationships with our suppliers

          • Risk factors and uncertainties facing us

          In order to provide further support for the fair value determination made by the Board at the time of grant, we hired an independent valuation firm to conduct a retrospective valuation as of December 31, 2004. The valuation firm has experience in appraisal services, fairness opinions and advice in mergers and acquisitions. This important additional valuation process provides increased support based on the Hierarchy of Valuation Alternatives, as outlined in the TPA.

          We provided the valuation firm with all requested information relating to our business, competition, prospects and future outlook and additional information deemed relevant for the purpose of generating a valuation analysis, including liquidation preferences and dividend rights of our preferred stock. Under the guidelines of the TPA, the valuation specialist considered all of the market, income and asset based approaches. It was determined that the asset based approach was not appropriate given our business and capital structure. Accordingly, the specialist applied a probability-weighted expected return on the market and income methods to value our common stock. The resulting valuation of our common stock was $1.93 per share, as of December 31, 2004.

          No stock-based compensation expense was recorded for the periods presented as the exercise price of our stock options were equal to or in excess of the estimated fair value of our common stock on the date of grants. Based on an expected IPO price of $14 per share, the intrinsic value of options outstanding as of June 30, 2005 was $2.7 million, of which $2.2 million related to vested options and $500 thousand related to unvested options.

          The enterprise value of our company increased moderately from 1998 to 2004 based upon reasonable growth and profitability. This included the opening of two small retail stores complimenting our internet and catalog sales channels. However, it was not until the Plaistow, NH retail store opened in April 2005 and the successful results confirmed our retail expansion strategy, that our enterprise value increased substantially. This critical milestone enhanced our enterprise value and was essential in our ability to obtain outside financing to pursue our retail expansion strategy. We solicited financing offers from private equity firms and formally engaged

41

WR Hambrecht + Co in July 2005. The valuation discussions with each of these firms were entirely driven by the retail expansion strategy as confirmed by the success of the Plaistow, NH store.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

          We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to discounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. We do not believe that any of our long-lived assets were impaired as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and June 30, 2005.

          We account for goodwill in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, which requires that goodwill be reviewed for impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, goodwill is evaluated for potential impairment. Management has determined, based on the guidance of SFAS No. 142, there is one reporting unit, the Company as a whole. We performed our annual test of impairment of goodwill as of December 31, 2004. Based on the results of the first step of the goodwill impairment test, we have determined that no impairment had occurred, as the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded the respective carrying value. Therefore, the second step of the goodwill impairment test was not necessary.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, which requires the measurement of all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, using a fair-value-based method and the recording of such expense in our consolidated statement of operations. The accounting provisions of SFAS No. 123R are effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. We will be required to adopt SFAS No. 123R for our fiscal quarter beginning January 1, 2006. The pro forma disclosures previously permitted under SFAS No. 123 no longer will be an alternative to financial statement recognition. We have not yet determined whether the adoption of SFAS No. 123R will result in amounts that are similar to the current pro forma disclosures under SFAS No. 123. We are evaluating the requirements under SFAS No. 123R and expect the adoption could have a significant adverse impact on our future consolidated operating results.

42

BUSINESS

Overview

          We are a leading specialty retailer and the largest direct marketer of equestrian products in the U.S. For over 20 years, Dover Saddlery has been a premier upscale brand in the English riding industry. We sell our products through a multi-channel strategy, including catalogs, the Internet and retail stores. This multi-channel strategy has allowed us to use catalogs and our proprietary database of nearly two million names of equestrian enthusiasts, including nearly 300,000 email addresses and approximately 200,000 Dover customers, as a primary marketing tool to increase catalog sales and to drive additional business to our e-commerce websites and retail stores.

          We offer a comprehensive selection of more than 5,800 products required to own, train and compete with a horse, costing from $1 to over $4,000. Our products fall into the following three main categories:

• saddles and tack;

• specialized apparel; and

• horse care and stable products.

          We have historically focused on the English-style riding market. Dover is known for providing the highest quality products for English riding, including premier brands such as Hermes, Ariat, Grand Prix, Mountain Horse, Passier and Prestige. In addition, we have developed direct sources for private label and non-branded products which accounted for approximately 21% of our 2004 revenues. We offer what we believe is the largest selection of exclusive and semi-exclusive equestrian products in the industry. To further broaden our offerings, we began selling into the Western-style riding market in 2002 under the Smith Brothers name.

          Our management team is highly experienced in both the direct marketing and retail channels with an average of more than 20 years of equestrian experience. Since Stephen Day acquired an ownership interest in Dover and joined as our President and Chief Executive Officer, he and the rest of the management team have grown revenues from $15.6 million to $58.7 million and operating income from $1.4 million to $4.7 million, representing compound annual growth rates of 27.7% and 25.4%, respectively, from 1998 through 2004. Prior to joining Dover, Mr. Day was responsible for building the only other national English-style equestrian products direct marketing and retail company, State Line Tack.

          We have positioned ourselves to capitalize on the synergies of combining catalog and Internet operations with a retail store channel. By marketing our products across integrated, multiple shopping channels, we have strengthened our brand visibility and brand equity, expanded our customer database and increased revenues, profits and market share. While our catalog has been our primary marketing vehicle to increase Internet and store traffic, each of our channels has reinforced the other and generates additional customers.

          Our experience based on the stores we have opened to date has shown two key factors: (i) customers who purchased products across all three channels (catalog, Internet and retail stores) have, on average, historically bought nearly three times more than customers who purchased only from a single channel and (ii) direct sales to customers within a 30 mile radius of a new store have, within two years of that store opening, exceeded direct sales levels prior to the new store opening. In the 12 month period ended July 10, 2005, our average customer purchases by individuals using only one channel was approximately $301, whereas the average customer purchases by individuals using all three channels was approximately $882. This is also reflected in the overall growth in revenue when we have opened a new store in areas where we have a strong customer base. When we opened our Hockessin, DE store in 2002, direct sales to customers within a 30 miles radius of the

43

store declined by 4.0% from $496,441 to $476,517 in the first year of the store’s operation, but fully recovered and grew by 8.8% to $539,981 by the end of the second year of the store’s operation. At the same time, total retail sales for that store grew from $2.0 million for the first year to $2.6 million for the second year or 28.2%. Therefore, opening the Hockessin, DE store led to sales growth in that operating area from $496,441 to $3,107,617 in the first two years, or approximately 150% compounded annual growth.

          Through our subsidiaries, we currently operate three retail stores under the Dover Saddlery name and one retail store under the Smith Brothers name. We have identified additional locations throughout the U.S. which we believe are attractive for our planned retail store expansion and can allow us to capitalize on the highly fragmented nature of the retail equestrian products market and to take advantage of our strong brand name recognition. These additional locations have been identified using our proprietary mathematical store-optimization model which selects the locations nationwide with the strongest potential and optimizes distances between stores to enhance revenue potential. Our initial targets are based on an optimization model of 50 locations, each utilizing one of three different store formats, depending on the location and revenue potential of the area. We believe that our proprietary mathematical store-optimization model, assists us in locating retail sites and gives us a competitive advantage in finding optimal new store locations.

          Based on our experience to date with opening new retail stores in areas where we have a high level of existing direct customers, as well as the experience of other multi-channel retailers, we believe that expanding the number of retail store locations and focusing on our multi-channel business strategy are key to our continued success.

          Our mission is to grow our business by providing the most comprehensive offering of the highest quality, broadest range and most technically advanced equestrian tack, specialized apparel, horse care and stable products to serious equestrians, with a profitable and efficient operating model.

Our History

          Dover was founded in 1975 by Jim and David Powers who were top ranked English riding champions on the U.S. Equestrian team. Jim Powers was also a member of the 1972 U.S. Olympic equestrian team. The brothers aimed to bring their unique understanding of higher level equestrian competitive needs to better serve the industry’s customers. As a result of their focus on quality and premium positioning, Dover Saddlery has been a premier upscale brand in the English riding industry for over 20 years. The Powers opened our Wellesley, MA retail store in 1975 and began catalog operations in 1982.

          By 1998, our revenues had grown to approximately $15.6 million. In September 1998, Stephen Day, our current President and Chief Executive Officer and a veteran of the equestrian products direct marketing industry, and certain other new investors took a controlling interest in Dover. We launched our main website, www.doversaddlery.com, in 2000. In 2001, we moved our headquarters to Littleton, MA, and into a 68,000 square foot warehouse and office facility. Our second retail location under the Dover Saddlery name was opened in Hockessin, DE in 2002.

          Our management team has identified the large Western-style equestrian market as a growth opportunity and, in 2002, we acquired the Smith Brothers catalog and website, www.smithbrothers.com. In 2003, we also acquired rights in the Miller’s Harness brand for use in catalog and Internet sales to target entry-level and lower-cost equestrian products customers. In 2004, we opened a Smith Brothers store in Denton, TX.

          In April 2004, we expanded our Littleton, MA warehouse and office facility to 100,000 square feet and, in April 2005, we opened our third Dover Saddlery store in Plaistow, NH.

44

Competitive Strengths

          We believe that we are uniquely positioned in the equestrian tack, specialized apparel and horse care and stable products industry to grow through our multi-channel strategy. We believe that we have numerous competitive strengths, including:

          Experienced Management with a Track Record of Growth and Profitability: We were founded in 1975 and have a 30 year operating history. Stephen Day joined Dover after successfully building and growing another equestrian products catalog and retailer, State Line Tack. Our management team has extensive experience in direct marketing and retail as well as an average of more than 20 years of equestrian experience. Since Stephen Day became President and Chief Executive Officer in 1998, we have been profitable and have grown annual revenues from $15.6 million to $58.7 million and annual operating income from $1.4 million to $4.7 million, representing compound annual rates of 27.7% and 25.4%, respectively through 2004.

          Established Brand in English-Style Riding Equipment and Apparel: We are known for offering the highest quality products, the most comprehensive selection and excellent customer service. Since our founding over 30 years ago by Jim and David Powers, we have built a reputation with a large and growing following in the equestrian products marketplace. Dover Saddlery is one of only two large nationally recognized retail brands in the English-style equestrian products industry and we believe our Dover Saddlery brand is a significant asset as we continue our retail store expansion and multi-channel growth strategy.

          Leading English-Style Equestrian Products Direct Marketer: With $52.2 million in 2004 revenues from our direct sales channel, we believe we hold the largest market share among equestrian products catalogers for equestrian tack, specialized apparel and horse care and stable products. The Dover Saddlery catalog is known by many customers as a leading source for English-style equestrian products and the Smith Brothers catalog is becoming a strong force in the Western-style riding market. As the largest direct marketer in the U.S. in the equestrian products industry, our leading position sets us apart from other retailers.

          Large, Detailed Customer Database: We believe that our proprietary database is one of the largest and most detailed in the industry. The database contains names of nearly two million equestrian enthusiasts, including nearly 300,000 email addresses, approximately 200,000 customers who have purchased from us within the last 12 months, including detailed purchasing history and demographic information of such customers, and the names and addresses of individuals who have requested our catalogs. This is a key competitive advantage and business planning tool. It is also a barrier to entry since it could take years and could be very costly to duplicate.

          Successful Multi-Channel Strategy: Our multi-channel strategy of using catalog, Internet and retail store sales channels has enabled us to capture customer data, achieve operational synergies, provide a seamless and convenient shopping experience for our customers, cross-market our products and reinforce our brand across channels. Through our sophisticated customer database, we have observed in the two Dover stores that were open during 2004 that multi-channel customers have bought, on average, nearly three times more product per year than single-channel customers. Our success in our Hockessin, DE store where the overall revenue from the surrounding area after opening the store increased from $496,441 in direct sales prior to opening to $539,981 in direct sales and $2.6 million in retail store revenues by the second year after opening the store, and our initial results from our recently opened Plaistow, NH store support our belief that an expanded retail presence is an attractive growth opportunity for us.

          Excellent Customer Service: Our Company-wide focus on exceptional customer service is integral to our success. We promote a culture of prompt, knowledgeable and courteous service and strive for a consistent customer experience across all channels of purchase. Over 90% of our customer service and sales representatives are horse enthusiasts. Additionally, our representatives

45

receive ongoing product training weekly or bi-weekly from either merchandise suppliers or internal product specialists. We also have a policy of offering customers a 100% satisfaction guarantee. We believe that our well-trained knowledgeable staff and our historical ability to fill approximately 95% of the items ordered within an average of 1.7 business days from our in-stock inventory are some of the reasons why we have had historically low return rates and high repeat customer rates. In a recent customer survey, we received a 9 out of 10 average rating for product quality and service.

          Attractive Customer Demographics: Dover Saddlery customers are primarily affluent females with a passion for the English-style riding sport. We believe them to be discerning, luxury oriented customers who often choose to buy from us because of the high quality offering and prestige of owning the premier brands. Based on demographic data available to us, we believe that more than two-thirds of households that own horses have incomes above the national median household income of $43,318. Our customer base has been very loyal as demonstrated by high repurchase rates — approximately 86% of our 2004 Dover Saddlery direct sales came from customers who purchased from us in the past.

          Significant Barriers to Entry: We enjoy significant barriers to entry including substantial costs of developing a useful customer database, efficient merchandising and fulfillment infrastructure, breadth of product offering and in-stock inventory levels, as well as the costs and time involved in building customer trust and brand recognition. The investments we have made in our brand, our customer and proprietary mathematical store-optimization model and inventory replenishment set us apart from others in the industry.

          Highly Fragmented Equestrian Products Market: The current marketplace for equestrian products is highly fragmented and mostly consists of small, one-location tack shops. There are approximately 10,000 different retailers in the U.S. selling equestrian products. Although there are a number of places to find equestrian products, there are no large companies focused on the English-style equestrian products market with any significant number of retail store locations with the exception of State Line Tack. We bring a level of merchandising, marketing, on-hand inventory and operational discipline that is unique in the industry.

          Broad and Distinctive Selection of High Quality, Need-based Products at Competitive Prices with Rapid Order Fulfillment Capability: We have feature-rich, need-based, functional offerings encompassing virtually every product necessary to own, train and compete with a horse. We differentiate ourselves from our competition by our vast breadth and depth of inventory, with more than 5,800 items comprising approximately 28,000 different SKUs. We offer products ranging from entry-level price points to the premium high-end. We carry premium brands, private label brands and non-branded products to meet the broad range of customer expectations and needs. Because a percentage of our products are characterized as “need-based” for the continued care of a horse, we believe that this contributes to a high degree of predictable buying patterns by our customers. In addition to this, approximately 85% of our products are non-obsolescent items. Close-outs at less than 20% gross margin represent approximately 1% of sales. This allows us to maintain our high levels of inventory with minimal impact on our profitability.

          Our large inventory has allowed us to ship approximately 95% of the items ordered within an average of 1.7 business days. We are also able to ship any product we offer to our retail stores within an average of 1.7 business days, effectively increasing our retail store inventory to match that of our Littleton, MA warehouse. This provides our customers with the ability to walk into any of our retail stores and access our entire product offering. Competitors who maintain only one or even a few stores are unable to match the breadth, depth and ready availability of our $10.3 million in total inventory (as of June 30, 2005). Despite the high level of inventory we have historically maintained, we have historically turned inventory approximately four times per year and we have had no material inventory write-downs in the past five years.

46

Growth Strategies

          Having established ourselves as the largest direct marketer in the equestrian products market, we are continuing our strategy to capitalize on our strong brand equity, take advantage of our comprehensive customer database, achieve operational synergies, cross market products and provide a seamless and convenient shopping experience across channels. We have observed from the two Dover stores that were open in 2004 that our multi-channel customers have bought, on average, nearly three times more product per year than single-channel customers, and therefore a multi-channel model is a key part of our strategy to grow our revenues, profits and market share. Our growth strategy includes several key components.

          Open Dover Saddlery Retail Stores in Targeted Locations: We currently operate four retail stores, three under the Dover Saddlery name targeted at the English-style riding segment and one under the Smith Brothers name targeted at the Western-style riding segment. The equestrian products market is estimated at $5.7 billion, yet no national, equestrian products specialty retail chains exist and there are only a limited number of small, regional, multi-unit English equestrian products retailers. State Line Tack, which operates as a store within a store in selected Petsmart locations, is the only retailer of size. We have identified 50 initial locations throughout the U.S. which we believe are attractive for our initial retail store expansion and allow us to capitalize on the highly fragmented nature of the retail equestrian products market and our strong brand name recognition. These locations have been identified using our proprietary mathematical store-optimization model which selects the locations nationwide with the strongest potential and optimizes distances between stores to enhance revenue potential. The model optimizes distances between stores with concentrations of current customers and recalibrates when actual stores are targeted and added. Our direct marketing operations have provided detailed customer data regarding location and sales performance which has given us the ability to plan and perform extensive site analysis. Our initial targets are based on an optimization model of 50 locations, each utilizing one of three different store formats, depending on the location and revenue potential of the area. We believe that our proprietary mathematical store-optimization model, which assists us in locating retail sites, should give us a competitive advantage in finding attractive locations.

          Expand our direct sales channel: Our catalog business drives traffic to our Internet and retail store channels. During 2004, we mailed approximately 5.4 million catalogs to approximately 700,000 separate equestrian enthusiasts and Dover customers and had nearly 2.7 million unique visitors (based on unique daily visits) on our websites. We plan to expand our direct sales business through initiatives to existing and new customers. We seek to increase the number of customers and prospects that receive a catalog, increase the numbers of customers buying through our catalog or other channels and increase the amount each customer spends for our merchandise through the continued introduction of new products. We plan to continue to utilize web-based opportunities with promotional, targeted e-mails programs, refer-a-friend programs and on-line search engines. We intend to continue our practice of using banner advertising on qualified equestrian web sites, of having links to and from qualified equestrian web sites and of sending prospect emails to qualified equestrian email lists, which have historically resulted in significant sales and catalog requests.

          Enhance our product mix: We carry premium branded, private label branded and non-branded equipment and accessories with more than 5,800 items comprising approximately 28,000 different SKUs. We believe we have the largest collection of exclusive and semi-exclusive brands in the industry. We continually seek to expand our product offering to meet the needs of our customers and will seek to expand and enhance our product mix to increase revenues and the profitability of the business. Currently we offer a broad selection of products under the Dover and other trademarks. We believe that these products offer a great value to our customers who have come to trust our quality. Private label and non-branded products represented approximately 21% of our revenues in the 12 month period ended July 2005, and generated higher margins than our branded products.

47

          Expand further in the Western-style equestrian products market: While it is difficult to track industry data, the number of Western-style riders is believed to be at least four times the number of English-style riders in the U.S. We entered the Western-style equestrian products market through our acquisition of Smith Brothers in 2002 and opened a Smith Brothers retail store in 2004. Total revenues from Smith Brothers grew from approximately $1.4 million in 2001 to $8.5 million in 2004. We intend to expand our direct marketing and, eventually, our retail store presence in the Western-style riding segment.

Industry

Equestrian Products Market

          The North American market for equestrian tack, saddles, specialized apparel, grooming and healthcare products, horse clothing, equestrian-related media and other horse supplies is estimated by the American Horse Council at $7.6 billion for 2004. According to the Fountain Agricounsel USA Horse Industry Business Report 2004, in 2003, the total industry sales for the markets we target was $5.7 billion. A 2005 American Horse Council survey estimated that there are 9.2 million horses in the U.S.

          According to American Sports Data, over 5.6% of the U.S. population, or 16.8 million people, ride horses with an average of 21.7 participating days per year, which exceeds participation in other popular outdoor sports, such as downhill skiing at 4.6% and 6.3 days and mountain biking at 2.0% and 18.1 days. There are many indicators that point to the continued growth of the equestrian products industry. A study by NFO Research indicated that 10% of U.S. households are involved in riding, an additional 5% were involved at one time and 18% would like to become involved. There has also been a recent increase in the number of nationally televised programs dedicated exclusively to the equestrian viewer, such as Horse TV and Horsecity.com TV. The Equestrian Media Network has also been gaining traction with national television stations, which is expected to help increase the popularity of the equestrian products industry even further.

          There are very few dominant manufacturers, and no dominant distributors or retailers in the equestrian products industry, creating a highly fragmented market. Of the approximately 10,000 U.S. equestrian products retailers, we believe that a majority of them are too small to develop multiple sales channels, deep inventories, automated inventory-control systems, extensive customer databases and brand equity and are therefore unable to effectively control a significant portion of market share. These inefficiencies are prevalent in the industry, as it is estimated that approximately 68% of equestrian products retail stores have no automated inventory-control system, approximately 60% of such stores have no more than one full-time employee and over 40% do not use a computer. Additionally, 93% of stores do not employ catalog marketing, and 48% of stores lack websites. In 2002, only an estimated 12.5% of equestrian products retailers had annual sales over $1 million, according to Tack ‘n Togs, an industry trade journal.

Direct Marketing

          Direct marketing is a fast-growing, dynamic industry that includes sales generated through direct mail and the Internet. Sales generated through catalogs, both offline and on the Internet, have grown at an annual rate of 9.3% since 1997. Total sales attributed to catalogs in the U.S. reached $143 billion in 2004, and the Direct Marketing Association (DMA) projects they will grow to over $169 billion by 2007. The DMA projects annual growth of sales attributed to catalogs of 5.7%, which will continue to outpace the overall projected retail sales growth of 4.5%.

48

US Direct Sales

Source: Direct Marketing Association, 1999 and 2000 estimated

          Sales from catalog retailing grew rapidly during the 1990s at an annual rate of approximately 10% — twice the rate of conventional retailing. This growth was driven by several factors, including the emergence of strong direct marketing brands (e.g., Dell Computer, Lands’ End, and L.L. Bean); consumers’ busier lifestyles, due in part to the substantial increase in the number of professional women; and the recent introduction of specialty catalogs tailored to niche audiences combined with more sophisticated mailing and customer targeting techniques.

          Established catalogers enjoy significant barriers to entry including substantial costs of developing useful customer databases, efficient merchandising and fulfillment infrastructure and consumer trust and brand recognition. The expense of acquiring, perfecting and maintaining an extensive and accurate customer database specific to each company’s target market is expensive, and such a database can take years to build to levels competitive with established catalogs.

          The Internet is a key driver of growing direct marketing sales. Industry research estimates that online sales in the U.S. reached $65.1 billion in 2004. As the price of personal computing declines and Americans become more technologically savvy, many are choosing to browse and buy over the Internet. Moreover, an increasing number of Internet users are turning to broadband service that allows faster, more convenient access to online shopping. Online retail sales are projected to grow 16% from 2004 to 2008, accounting for 5% of total U.S. retail sales by 2008.

49

U.S. Online Retail Sales

Note: Retail does not include auto, travel, and prescription drugs.

Source: Jupiter Research Online Shopping Model, 10/03 (US only)

Copyright 2004 Jupiter Research, a division of Jupitermedia Corporation

          We believe that a large, highly fragmented industry with affluent, passionate horse enthusiasts presents us with the opportunity to use our reputation and multi-channel strategy to increase our market share and revenues in the future.

Customers

          Our English riding customers are primarily affluent females with a passion for the English riding sport. We believe them to be discerning, luxury-oriented customers who often choose to buy from us because of the high quality offering and prestige of owning the premier brands. Based on demographic data from the American Horse Council (AHC), we believe that more than two-thirds of households that own horses have incomes above the national median household income of $43,318 as reported by the 2003 U.S. Census. Our customer database provides for each customer a summary of the recency, frequency and monetary value of that customer’s orders as well as a detailed listing of each item the customer has ordered for the past five years. Our customers have been very loyal as demonstrated by high repurchase rates — approximately 86% of our 2004 Dover Saddlery direct sales came from customers that purchased from us in the past.

Our Multi-Channel Strategy

          Having established ourselves as the largest direct marketer of equestrian tack, specialized apparel and horse care and stable products in the U.S., we plan to continue our multi-channel retail strategy to capitalize on our strong brand equity, and utilize our customer database. This multi-channel strategy enables us to capture customer data, achieve operational synergies, provide a seamless and convenient shopping experience for our customers, cross-market our products and reinforce our brand across channels. We believe that our strategy is working. Through the data captured by our sophisticated customer database, we have determined that multi-channel customers buy, on average, nearly three times more product per year than customers who only purchase through a single channel. This is supported by the experiences of other successful multi-channel retailers such as Eddie Bauer and JC Penney. Eddie Bauer’s multi-channel customers spend, on average, approximately six times more than its single-channel customers and JC Penney’s multi-

50

channel customers spend, on average, approximately five times more than its single-channel customers.

Increase in Multi-Channel Purchasing

Retailer	Channels		Annual Purchases per Shopper
Eddie Bauer		One		$100 - $200
		Two		300 - 500
		Three		800 - 1,000
JC Penney		One		$157 - $201
		Two		446 - 608
		Three		887
Dover(1)		One		$301
		Two		520
		Three		882

⁽¹⁾  Data reflects purchases within the 12-month period ended July 10, 2005.

Sources: Retailing Management, 5th Edition, Levy, Michael and Barton A. Weitz (2004), RichFX.com, Dover Management

          Our multi-channel business model has several key elements:

• our catalogs are targeted marketing tools which we use to generate customers, gather customer demographic data, increase the visibility of the Dover Saddlery and Smith Brothers brands, increase visits to the Internet and drive traffic to our retail stores;

• we utilize our large, information-rich customer database to cross-market our products, prospect for customers, forecast sales, manage inventory, tailor catalog mailings and plan for our retail store expansion; and

• we use our proprietary mathematical store-optimization model to target the strongest markets nationwide and optimize store spacing for our retail location selection. Based on the latest customer data and actual store openings, our proprietary software maps out the entire country with our catalog sales and extrapolates ideal locations for our stores such that we can capture the greatest density of potential customers. The model is dynamic such that any change in a single location or number of total locations will impact site selection and estimated performance system wide.

Based on research of other similar multi-channel concepts, we believe that, when mature, the natural channel balance of a multi-channel retailer tends to stabilize with 60% to 80% of the sales coming from the retail store channel. This retail purchasing preference on the part of consumers is even more pronounced in the equestrian industry. Research by Frank N. Magid Associates, Inc. indicates that 80% of tack customers shop at retail stores. We have also observed, especially in higher-end and luxury goods markets, that a large percentage of sales are purchased in a retail location and not over the web or through a catalog. Since we currently have just over 10% of our total revenues coming from retail stores, we believe that there is significant opportunity to continue to develop our multi-channel strategy and pursue our targeted retail store expansion. See “Retail Store Operations and Expansion.”

          Our experience from our Hockessin, DE store has shown that direct sales from customers within a 30 mile radius of the store exceeded levels prior to the store opening within two years of that store opening. For example, when we opened our Hockessin, DE store in 2002, direct sales in the 30 mile radius surrounding the store declined by 4.0% from $496,441 to $476,517 in the first

51

year of the store’s operation, but fully recovered and grew by 8.8% to $539,981 by the end of the second year. At the same time, retail sales at that store grew from $2.0 million for the first year of operation to $2.6 million for the second year of operation or 28.2%. Therefore, opening the Hockessin, DE store led to sales growth in that area from $496,441 to $3,107,617 in the first two years of operation, or approximately 150% compounded annual growth.

Hockessin Store Multi-Channel Sales Increases

			Retail
	Direct (1)		Store		Total
1 year prior to opening	$	496,441		$0		$496,441
1st year after opening	$	476,517		$2,003,146		$2,479,663
2nd year after opening	$	539,981		$2,567,636		$3,107,617

⁽¹⁾  For customers within 30 miles of store.

          Although our Wellesley, MA store has been in operation for 30 years, we have maintained an impressive mix of both direct and retail store sales in the area. The direct sales in the area surrounding the store demonstrate that even though we have a retail location, the convenience of multi-channel shopping over the Internet or by catalog has been appealing to our customers located within 30 miles of the store. We believe that this provides further support to the potential value created by opening up retail stores in areas that already have a strong customer base.

Wellesley Store Multi-Channel Sales

		Retail
	Direct (1)	Store	Total
Last twelve months ended July 2005	$944,929	$2,939,472	$3,884,401

⁽¹⁾  For customers within 30 miles of store.

          We seek to continually improve our operating efficiencies across our multiple channels through our integrated planning, order management, fulfillment systems and economies of scale in cross-channel inventory processing and advertising. We continuously strive to enhance our efficiencies to provide a seamless cross-channel experience to our customers, and achieve greater profitability.

Direct Sales Channel

          Since we mailed our first catalog in 1982, we have grown our direct sales channel to include three separate catalogs and two e-commerce websites. As we implement our plan to expand our retail stores, we expect the revenues generated from the retail stores to comprise a greater percentage and possibly a majority of our revenues. However, the direct sales channel will continue to be the core component of our brand identity and the driving force behind the customer data utilized to promote each of our sales channels.

          Our direct sales channel generated approximately $52.2 million in revenues in 2004 or 88.9% of our total revenues. Of this amount, we generated approximately $11.0 million in revenues from Internet orders, or 18.7% of our total. Our proprietary database currently contains nearly two million names, including nearly 300,000 email addresses and approximately 200,000 Dover customers who purchased from us during the past 12 months. We expect this database to continue to grow as we open additional retail locations.

          Our direct sales have grown at a compound annual growth rate of 28.3% since 1998, with average orders in excess of $150 in 2004.

52

Catalog

          We mail our catalogs to individuals who have made purchases during the past five years. We also mail catalogs to new prospects obtained through our proprietary database of names we have compiled through sponsorships, trade associations, subscriber lists for equestrian publications, and grassroots name gathering efforts as well as limited outside rented lists.

          We currently maintain two primary catalogs and a sales flier. The Dover Saddlery catalog caters to the mid to high-end English-style equestrian products customer. The Smith Brothers catalog is aimed at the Western-style equestrian products customer. The Miller’s Harness sales flier is used to reach the entry-level and lower-cost English-style equestrian products customer.

          Catalogs are sent regularly throughout the year to a carefully selected circulation list. We develop annually four distinct Dover Saddlery catalogs and four distinct Smith Brothers catalogs including a large annual catalog for each line. We mailed approximately 5.4 million catalogs during 2004.

          We produce three riding discipline editions and one general edition of the Dover Saddlery catalog, including one each targeting the Dressage, Hunter/ Jumper and Eventing segments. Each of these catalogs share core pages, but are modified to target each of the specific customer segments. The creative and printing costs are minimized by sharing approximately 95% of the content from the core catalog, while the front eight pages and back four pages contain unique content for the specific target market. A similar strategy is employed with the Smith Brothers catalog.

Dover Saddlery

          The annual Dover Saddlery catalog at 260 pages is the most comprehensive source for the English-style equestrian products market. In addition to the general catalog, the three targeted editions of the Dover Saddlery annual catalog specialize in the dressage, eventing and hunter/jumper segments.

• Dressage. This edition introduces the latest in new products for the dressage rider as well as promoting dressage as a form of riding. Dressage is a form of exhibition riding in which the horse performs a pre-programmed ride demonstrating highly schooled training.

• Eventing. This edition focuses on the cross-country phase of three day Eventing, a triathlon of equestrian sports including dressage, cross-country and show jumping. The specialized saddles and equipment necessary for conditioning and competing the event horse for this endurance test are emphasized in this edition.

• Hunter/Jumper. This edition showcases the best saddles and tack used by world-class riders in the hunter/jumper ranks, whose participants jump fences in a stadium jumping arena. At the highest level, these riders compete in Grand Prix jumping events, for prize money of up to $1,000,000 per event.

Smith Brothers

          The annual catalog for Smith Brothers is positioned as the “Premier Catalog for the Western Horseman.” At 180 pages, it is one of the more comprehensive offerings in the Western-style equestrian products market. We offer one general edition and three targeted editions of the Smith Brothers annual catalog. The targeted editions specialize in the competitive roping, barrel racing and show riding segments.

• Competitive roping. This edition focuses on competitive roping, in which riders attempt to lasso steers on horseback, and offers gloves, pads, ropes and specialized products needed for the event.

53

• Barrel racing. This edition offers the saddles, tack and saddle pads needed for barrel racing, in which riders vie for the fastest time in running a triangular, cloverleaf pattern around three barrels.

• Show riding. This edition offers tunics, blouses, tiaras and chaps. Show riding is a form of Western-style exhibition riding in which the rider guides the horse through regimented movement.

Internet

          In July of 2000, we launched our website, www.doversaddlery.com. In February 2002, we acquired the Smith Brothers website, www.smithbrothers.com. Our Internet revenues have grown at a compounded annual growth rate of 45.7% from 2001, our first full year of Internet operations, to 2004 and was approximately $11.0 million, or 18.7% of total revenues in 2004.

          Our websites are integral to our multi-channel strategy. The websites reinforce our relationship with current catalog customers and are a growing source of new customers. New customers acquired through the websites have historically been highly responsive to subsequent catalog mailings.

          Our websites feature our entire product offering and enable us to better market to our customers and visitors by allowing different pages to be automatically shown to different types of individuals. This allows us to segment visitors into smaller, targeted groups, which in turn increases conversion rates. Visitors are able to shop by their riding style, providing them with images of their passion and products suited to their niche.

          We plan to continue to utilize web-based opportunities with promotional, targeted e-mails programs, refer-a-friend programs, and on-line search engines. We intend to continue using banner advertising on qualified equestrian web sites, providing links to and from qualified equestrian web sites, and of sending prospect emails to qualified equestrian email lists, which have historically resulted in significant sales and catalog requests.

Retail Store Operations and Expansion

          We currently operate three stores under the Dover Saddlery name in Wellesley, MA, Hockessin, DE and Plaistow, NH. In addition, we operate one store under the Smith Brothers brand in Denton, TX. We intend to expand our retail store operations going forward, primarily under the Dover Saddlery brand.

Retail Store Locations

	Dover Saddlery Stores
								Smith Brothers Store
	Wellesley, MA		Hockessin, DE		Plaistow, NH			Denton, TX
Selling square footage		2,737		8,750		12,106			7,764
Latest 12 months ended July 31, 2005 net sales	$	2,939,472	$	2,688,080	$	1,499,474	(1)	$	954,789
Net annual sales Per square foot	$	1,074	$	307	$	425	(2)	$	123
Opening year		1975		2002		2005			2004

(1)	Plaistow store represents results from April 15, 2005 through July 31, 2005.
(2)	Annualized based on 3.5 months of operations.

          Our retail stores carry largely the same product mix as our catalogs and websites to promote convenience and shopping frequency. The broad selection of retail product and the ready availability of inventory from our warehouse allow for superior customer service. To the extent that a certain item is not physically available at a retail store, store personnel will work with the customer to ensure prompt in-store or home delivery of the item, according to the customer’s preference. Each

54

store’s mission is to foster loyalty and provide face-to-face answers to customers’ questions. Sales staff are carefully selected and trained to provide accurate and helpful product information to the customer. In most cases, they are experienced equestrians.

New Retail Store Model

          Our proprietary mathematical store-optimization model will help us select each store location by projecting sales based on real-time catalog customer purchases surrounding the potential location. Our initial targeted locations will be positioned in key markets exhibiting the highest concentration of current direct sales customers and equestrian enthusiasts. Existing customers within the proposed locations are expected to support and accelerate the maturation curve of new stores. Prior experience with existing stores has demonstrated an increase in the number of catalog customers within stores’ trade areas.

          We have developed two primary prototype store models for nationwide rollout — ‘A’ and ‘B’. Our ‘A Store’ model contains approximately 12,000 square feet and assumes an average initial net investment of approximately $1.1 million, including approximately $110,000 of pre-opening costs and $900,000 of inventory. We estimate that net sales per square foot will average $360 in the third year of operations but may vary substantially depending on the location of the store.

Dover Store Prototype

          A 6,000 square foot ‘B Store’ model assumes an initial investment of approximately $700,000, including approximately $80,000 in pre-opening expenses and $550,000 in inventory, and is projected to generate approximately the same level of sales per square foot as the A Store model.

          We expect that our new stores will generate operating profit, before allocation of company overhead expenses, immediately upon opening due to strong expected sales to existing customers in the area. The payback on initial investment based on the operating profit before allocation of company overhead expenses is expected to be approximately 2.5 to 3 years.

          A ‘C’ store model is currently in development, and will be targeted to be a smaller footprint, filling in key markets as appropriate.

          Our new stores have been designed in conjunction with Morton Buildings, a nationwide builder of upscale barns. The economical design incorporates a clear span wood truss that allows the interior space to be completely open. From the three cupolas to the barn-style dutch doors,

55

every architectural detail has been created to maximize the affinity with the horsemen and horsewomen who will shop there.

          Once inside the store, a post and beam loft structure around the edges will create a hayloft environment for the saddle shop and other destination products. The hayloft in our A Stores will add up to 4,000 square feet of selling space. At one end of the store in the barn and stable section, a guest stall will be built using all Dover products. This stall will illustrate Dover quality and can occasionally be used to stable famous international competition horses.

          We expect that there will be an exhibition and saddle fitting arena outside where customers can bring their horses for a custom saddle fitting or attend a Dover-sponsored exhibition. Each of our A Stores, are expected to have interior retail space and outdoor display space under the eaves for barn and stable products such as wheel barrows, stall mats, and gates. We also plan to have yard space for the potential future sales of horse trailers, manure spreaders and other stable equipment.

Site Optimization

          We have developed a proprietary mathematical store-optimization model to select locations for new stores. The model continuously optimizes distances between stores within concentrations of current customers and equestrian enthusiasts and recalibrates, as necessary, when actual stores are targeted and added. Our direct sales operations and proprietary database provide detailed customer data regarding location and sales performance, which give us a significant competitive advantage over other traditional equestrian products retailers. This data, combined with our proprietary mathematical store-optimization model, helps us accurately and effectively identify markets and target specific locations that maximize potential revenue out of selected markets. Once we identify an optimal location by ZIP code, extensive site analysis follows, including major highway access and real estate considerations, to enhance the profitability potential for our stores.

Marketing

          Our Dover Saddlery and Smith Brothers catalogs are our primary branding and advertising vehicles. We believe our catalogs reinforce our brand image and drive sales in all of our sales channels. Our direct sales channel enables us to maintain a database of customer sales patterns and thus target segments of our customer base with specific marketing. Our customer database provides for each customer a summary of the recency, frequency and monetary value of that customer’s orders as well as a detailed listing of each item the customer has ordered over the past five years. Depending on the spending habits we identify through our customer database, we send certain customers special catalog editions and/or emails.

          We market our websites by the use of paid key words and augmented natural search. We actively seek beneficial links and are currently linked to over 1,900 equine websites. Banner advertising is presently placed on the leading four equestrian content sites and we have an active refer-a-friend program.

          Other branding and advertising vehicles we employ include running print ads in local newspapers and trade magazines, sponsoring equestrian events and issuing press releases for major new product offerings. We also offer a Dover Saddlery branded credit card operated by National City Bank that allows our frequent customers to accumulate reward points that can be redeemed for discounts toward future purchases.

Order Processing and Fulfillment

          A majority of our orders are received by telephone, but Internet orders have rapidly increased since the introduction of our first website in 2000. We operate three customer service call centers located in Littleton, MA, North Conway, NH, and Denton, TX. All of our centers are linked to

56

the same network and share a single customer database that includes a real-time recency, frequency and monetary value summary for each customer as well as a direct link to each customer’s line-item order history over the last five years. The order entry system is also directly linked to our inventory management system to ensure that product availability is real time.

          Our 100,000 square foot Littleton, MA warehouse and office facility also serves as our fulfillment center. We currently have the capacity to fill over 8,000 packages per day, six days per week. Our current peak demand has been approximately 3,000 packages per day, five days per week, leaving us with significant capacity for growth. Our warehouse currently has enough capacity to handle the additional inventory required for our retail store rollout plan and expected growth in our direct sales for the foreseeable future.

Inventory

          An additional way that we differentiate ourselves from our competition is through our breadth and depth of inventory. We believe our inventory is deeper than our competitors with $10.3 million in on-hand inventory as of June 30, 2005 and more than 5,800 items comprising approximately 28,000 different SKUs. With our extensive inventory position and rapid fulfillment capability, we have historically been able to fill approximately 95% of the items ordered within an average of 1.7 business days. Based on our inventory management systems, continuous monitoring of the products we carry and the fact that we carry very few fashion products, we have historically had very little obsolete inventory. Despite the high level of inventory we have historically maintained, we have turned inventory approximately four times per year and we historically have had no material inventory write-downs.

          All of the products that are presented in our catalogs are available online and customers can use our websites to enter orders, shop online and check order status and inventory availability. On average, our retail stores stock inventory items represent over 70% of the merchandise sales we make available through our direct sales channel. All items are available to customers entering our stores by either direct shipment to a customer’s home or for in-store pickup.

Product Mix and Merchandising

          We offer feature-rich, need-based, functional products encompassing virtually every product necessary to own, train and compete with a horse. We differentiate ourselves from our competition by our vast breadth and depth of product offerings with more than 5,800 items comprising approximately 28,000 different SKUs. We offer products ranging from entry-level price points to the premium high-end and carry leading brands, niche brands and private label brands to meet the broad range of customer expectations and needs.

          Our product mix encompasses saddles and tack, specialized apparel and horse care and stable products.

57

Product Mix

• saddles and tack includes a broad range of riding equipment such as saddles, bridles, bits, breastplates, reins, girths, halters and leads, horse clothing, bandages and wraps, horse boots, whips and spurs.

• specialized apparel includes riding jackets, boots, breeches, gloves, helmets, shirts and undergarments.

• horse care and stable products includes such items as vitamins, deworming medicine and other stable equipment.

          Our senior buying team has a total of over 50 years of equestrian experience and carefully reviews each product for quality and value. We are continuously increasing the breadth of our offering to meet customers’ demands and provide for a consistent one-stop shopping experience. We have been able to accomplish this goal while still maintaining annual inventory turns of approximately four times over the last four years.

          We carry the premier names and the most comprehensive offering of the highest quality, broadest range and most technically advanced tack and related gear for serious equestrians. A selection of some of the high quality brands we carry is shown in the following chart:

Selected High Quality Brands

		Horse Care and Stable
Saddles and Tack	Specialized Riding Apparel	Products
Amerigo	Ariat	Absorbine
Crosby	GPA	Farnam
Hermes	Grand Prix	Rambo
Herm Sprenger	Mountain Horse	Taka
Passier	Pikeur
Pessoa	Tailored Sportsman
Prestige	Vogel Boots
Stubben

          The sales pattern for equestrian products is fairly consistent from year to year. Introductions of new fashions are generally limited, making sales per item more relatively predictable.

          The heritage of English-style riding is very conservative and apparel and equipment rarely go out of style. As an example, the best selling colors of riding breeches for each of the last

58

20 years have been beige, black and white. Dover Saddlery’s English-style riding offerings incorporate approximately 15% in new products each year to create a fresh feel to the merchandising. Western-style riding involves a higher fashion element than English-style riding so our Smith Brothers offerings incorporate a higher percentage of up to 25% in new products each year. The low SKU turnover eliminates inventory obsolescence and overstock risks. Close-outs at less than 20% gross margin represent approximately 1% of sales.

Product Sourcing

          Approximately 24% of our products are sourced directly from overseas manufacturers. Premium branded merchandise represents about 12% of this amount, coming primarily from the U.K., Germany and France. The remaining 88% is generally niche branded, private label or non-branded and is sourced from China, India and Argentina.

          As a result of our purchasing volumes, we have been able to work directly with many manufacturers while many of our competitors have often been forced to buy through distributors. This creates a significant competitive advantage for us by reducing overall costs, increasing product availability and product quality.

Competition

          We compete based on offering a broad selection of high quality products at competitive prices and superior customer service with knowledgeable staff for our customers. We believe that our annual direct sales and breadth of product offering are each over twice the size of our closest competitor. We believe that we benefit from significant barriers to entry with our established Dover Saddlery brand and with what we believe to be the industry’s most comprehensive database of nearly two million names including nearly 300,000 email addresses.

          The retail market for equestrian products is highly fragmented. There are no national retail chains. State Line Tack operates departments within selected Petsmart stores with limited inventory and a direct sales business and is the only competitor of size. Moreover, only a few regional multi-outlet stores compete in the market for equestrian products. According to Tack ’n Togs, an industry trade journal, approximately 10,000 stores sell tack and/or horse health items across the U.S. The 2003 Tack ’n Togs State of the Industry Report indicates that 87.5% of stores selling equestrian products had annual sales of under $1 million. Approximately 8.3% had annual sales between $1 million and $2 million and only 4.2% had sales of $2 million or more. The 2004 Tack ’n Togs State of the Industry Report states that 67.8% of stores selling equestrian products do not use an automated inventory control system. Further, approximately 60% of these stores had no more than one full-time employee.

Seasonality

          We experience seasonal fluctuations in our revenues and operating results. Due to buying patterns around the holiday season and a general slowdown during the later part of the summer months, our revenues are traditionally higher in the fourth quarter. In fiscal 2004, we generated 28.4% of our annual revenues during the fourth quarter.

Information Technology and Systems

          The computer system at our main office in Littleton, MA consists of Windows 2000 servers connecting approximately 100 PC based workstations via a local area network. The call centers in North Conway, NH and Denton, TX are tied into the Littleton servers via a wide area network. This configuration allows all users in these three locations to access the centrally located MvBase database system, which controls the order fulfillment, purchasing, and inventory control applications. Each retail store system consists of a Windows 2000 server connecting four POS terminals and a number of back office PC’s to its own MvBase database system, which supports a customized retail

59

order processing application. The wide area network configuration allows communication and data transfer between the main office and the retail stores. The equipment consists of a variety of Cisco routers, Adtran and Cisco CSU-DSU units, Symantec Firewall devices and Allied-Telesyn switches. The PC’s are a combination of HP, Dell, IBM and Apple devices.

          We use Total Order Processing Systems (TOPS), a catalog software package that is a derivation of one of the first software packages developed specifically for direct marketing companies, and have modified it for additional reporting capabilities. TOPS provides a stable foundation with virtually no downtime and significant scalability. The TOPS database can be easily interfaced with numerous other applications, allowing us to integrate third-party specialty peripheral software for those functions where TOPS does not offer the required functionality. These include shipping and manifesting software, our websites, and accounting.

Trademarks and Trade Secrets

          Our service marks and trademarks and variations thereon are registered, licensed or are subject to pending trademark applications with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. We believe our marks have significant value and we intend to continue to vigorously protect them against infringement.

          We maintain, as trade secrets, our database of nearly two million potential customers, including nearly 300,000 email addresses and approximately 200,000 Dover Saddlery customers, and our proprietary mathematical store-optimization modeling software. We believe that these trade secrets provide a competitive advantage and a significant barrier to competition from equestrian marketers and retailers.

Employees

          At July 31, 2005, we had 304 employees, approximately 155 of whom were employed full time. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or are parties to a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppages and consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Properties

          We currently lease an approximately 100,000 square foot facility in Littleton, MA for our corporate headquarters, main call center, warehouse and fulfillment center. Approximately 92,000 square feet is for warehouse space and the remaining is for office space. The lease expires in April 2009 and we have three five-year options to renew thereafter at market rates. We believe that this facility will provide us with adequate space for growth for the foreseeable future.

          We lease approximately 1,800 square feet of space in North Conway, NH for use as a satellite call center and for our creative offices. We lease approximately 5,100 square feet of space in Denton, TX for use as a satellite call center and additional offices.

          Currently, we lease approximately 3,000 square feet for our Wellesley, MA store, approximately 10,315 square feet for our Hockessin, DE store, approximately 12,000 square feet for our Plaistow, NH store and approximately 8,500 square feet for our Denton, TX store.

Legal Proceedings

          From time to time, we may be exposed to litigation relating to our products and operations. We are not currently engaged in any legal proceedings that are expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on our financial conditions or results of operations.

60

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Significant Employees and Directors

          The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our executive officers, directors and certain other of our key employees immediately following the offering:

Name	Age		Position
Stephen L. Day(2)(3)		60	Chief Executive Officer, President, Treasurer, Chairman
Jonathan A.R. Grylls		41	Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Secretary, Director
William Schmidt		56	Vice President of Operations
Michael W. Bruns		48	Chief Financial Officer
David J. Powers(3)		55	Director
James F. Powers(1)(2)		55	Director
Gregory F. Mulligan		52	Director
William F. Meagher, Jr.(1)		67	Director(4)

(1)	Member of the audit committee.
(2)	Member of the compensation committee.
(3)	Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
(4)	Mr. Meagher has agreed to join the Board of Directors and the audit committee effective upon the closing of this offering.

          Stephen L. Day has been our President, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer and Chairman of our Board of Directors since 1998. Mr. Day previously was the controlling member of EquiSearch.com LLC, a leading Internet equine content site. Prior to his acquisition of EquiSearch, he was the Chief Executive Officer of State Line Tack from 1991 until the acquisition of State Line by Petsmart. He holds an MBA from Harvard University and a BS in Industrial Management from Purdue University. As an avid equestrian, he has founded two riding schools and trained many young horses to become successful show horses.

          Jonathan A.R. Grylls has been our Chief Operating Officer and a member of our Board of Directors since 1998. Mr. Grylls currently serves as Vice President and Secretary. Prior to joining Dover, Mr. Grylls was Chief Operating Officer of Equestrian Products Corporation, a distributor of equestrian products, and held various other positions in MIS, sales, credit and operations at Eisers, the predecessor to Equestrian Products Corp. He previously was Vice President of Merchandising at State Line Tack from 1992 until 1996. Mr. Grylls graduated from the University of Manchester’s Institute of Science and Technology with a BS with Joint Honors in Mathematics and Management Sciences.

          William Schmidt has been our Vice President of Operations since 2001. Prior to joining Dover, Mr. Schmidt held senior positions with catalog companies Duncraft, Bay Country Wood Crafts and Garden Way, and established the Direct division of Eastern Mountain Sports. Mr. Schmidt previously worked at State Line Tack from 1991 to 1997 in various positions including Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operations Officer, Vice President and General Manager. He has served as President of the New England Mail Order Association and on the Board of Advisors for the National Catalog Conference and the National Catalog Operations Forum. He holds a BS in Accounting from Bentley College.

          Michael W. Bruns has been our Chief Financial Officer since August 2005 and joined our company as Corporate Controller in 1999. Prior to joining Dover, Mr. Bruns served as Vice President of Finance for CPS Direct, a communications marketing company from 1997 to 1999. He was

61

Controller for Northeast Mobile Communications, a specialty retailer, from 1995 to 1997. Prior to that he served as Director of Financial Reporting for St. Johnsbury Trucking Company and as Corporate Controller for R&S Corporation. He also was an Auditor for McGladrey Pullen & Co. Mr. Bruns holds a BA in Accounting and English from Simpson College, and is a Certified Public Accountant (CPA).

          David J. Powers has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 1998. Mr. Powers co-founded Dover Saddlery in 1975 and held various positions there until 1998, including Vice President of Operations. He assumed responsibility for the development of Dover’s catalog business in 1982. Mr. Powers is a former member of the United States Equestrian Team. He holds a BA from the University of Pennsylvania. David Powers is the brother of James Powers.

          James F. Powers was a founder, and President of Dover Saddlery from 1975 until 1998. Mr. Powers has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 1998. He is a former member of both the United States Equestrian Team and the 1972 U.S. Olympic Team. Mr. Powers is a current member of the USET Foundation Gold Medal Club and an active rider. He attended Babson College. James Powers is the brother of David Powers.

          Gregory F. Mulligan has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 2004. Since 2002, Mr. Mulligan has been the President of Bay Investment Advisors, an investment banking firm. From 1996 to 2002, Mr. Mulligan worked as Managing Director at Citizens Capital, Inc., a mezzanine and equity investing company.

          William F. Meagher, Jr. was the Managing Partner of the Boston Office of Arthur Andersen LLP from 1982 until 1995 and spent a total of 38 years with Arthur Andersen. Mr. Meagher was a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Massachusetts Society of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Meagher is a trustee of Living Care Villages of Massachusetts, Inc. d/b/a North Hill and the Dana Farber Cancer Institute and the Greater Boston YMCA. Mr. Meagher also serves as a director of SkillSoft Public Limited Co.

Directors and Executive Officers

Board of Directors

          Our Board of Directors currently consists of five directors. Upon completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will consist of six directors, three of whom our Board of Directors has determined will then satisfy the independence criteria set forth under the rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System, the Nasdaq. Upon the closing of this offering and the effectiveness of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, one third of the Directors will be subject to election at each annual meeting of shareholders. The authorized number of Directors may be changed only by resolution of the Board of Directors or a vote of the shareholders.

          We do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exception to the Nasdaq rules. Accordingly, we intend to comply with the rules generally requiring that companies listed on the Nasdaq National Market system have a majority of independent Directors within one year from the closing of this offering, the phase-in time period allowed by Nasdaq. We also intend to maintain a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors within the time periods required by Nasdaq rules.

          Upon completion of this offering, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide for a classified Board of Directors consisting of three classes, with each class being as nearly equal in number as possible. The term of one class will expire, and their successors are elected for a term of three years, at each annual meeting of the shareholders. Upon completion of this offering, we will have designated two Class I Directors, Gregory Mulligan and William Meagher; two Class II Directors, Jonathan Grylls and David Powers; and two Class III Directors, Stephen Day

62

and James Powers. These Class I, Class II and Class III Directors will serve until the annual meetings of shareholders to be held in 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. Upon any vacancy, our Board of Directors appoints officers until the next annual meeting of the Board of Directors.

Audit Committee

          In conjunction with this offering, our Board of Directors is designating an audit committee. The composition of the audit committee will satisfy the independence requirements of the Nasdaq rules requiring that, upon the completion of this offering, one member will meet the requirements as an independent director, within 90 days after the completion of this offering at least a majority of members will meet the requirements as independent directors and, within one year after the completion of this offering, all members will meet the requirements as independent directors. Upon the completion of this offering, the audit committee will be composed of William Meagher and James Powers, each of whom (i) are “independent” as defined under Nasdaq Rules or meet any applicable exceptions in the Nasdaq Rules, (ii) meet the criteria for independence set forth in Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, (iii) have not participated in the preparation of our financial statements within the last three years and (iv) are able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including our balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement, all as determined by our Board of Directors. In addition, Mr. Meagher has financial sophistication as described in The Nasdaq Rules as determined by our Board of Directors and is a financial expert as defined in the rules promulgated under the Exchange Act. No audit committee member will receive from us any compensation other than that paid with respect to such member’s service as a Director, including service on committees of our Board of Directors. In addition, after the completion of the offering, no member of our audit committee will own or control more than 10% of our common stock.

          The audit committee will have at least four regular meetings each year. The results of each meeting will be reported at the next regular meeting of our Board of Directors. Responsibilities of the audit committee include:

• assessing the competence and qualifications of outside auditors and retaining outside auditors based on that assessment;

• overseeing the work of our outside auditors;

• approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our outside auditors;

• reviewing the qualifications and experience of members of our internal audit team;

• reviewing the internal audit function and plans;

• discussing with management and outside auditors timely analysis of significant financial reporting issues and practices;

• reviewing with management and our auditors planning for audits and the results of audits, prior to the release thereof;

• ensuring that audits are conducted in a manner consistent with all applicable laws;

• establishing procedures for receipt, retention and treatment of complaints and concerns regarding accounting or auditing matters; and

• reviewing all related party transactions.

          We intend to comply with future audit committee requirements as they become applicable to us.

63

Compensation Committee

          In conjunction with this offering, our Board of Directors is designating a compensation committee. The composition of the compensation committee will satisfy the independence requirements of the Nasdaq rules which require that, upon the completion of this offering, one member will meet the requirements as an independent director, within 90 days after the completion of this offering at least a majority of members will meet the requirements as independent directors and, within one year after the completion of this offering, all members will meet the requirements as independent directors. The purpose of the compensation committee will be to discharge certain responsibilities of the Board of Directors relating to compensation, including equity-based compensation for our executive officers, and to administer and oversee incentive, equity-based and other compensatory, retirement and pension plans. The compensation committee will be composed of Stephen Day and James Powers. This committee’s responsibilities will include:

• reviewing and approving goals and objectives relevant to the chief executive officer’s compensation, and evaluating, with other independent directors (if directed by the Board of Directors), the chief executive officer’s performance in light of those goals to determine and approve the chief executive officer’s compensation and benefits;

• reviewing and approving compensation and benefits packages recommended by the chief executive officer for other executive officers;

• reviewing and overseeing the administration of our incentive, equity-based and other compensatory plans;

• providing oversight on all other equity-based arrangements; and

• reporting its activities to the Board of Directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

          No interlocking relationship exists between our Board of Directors or compensation committee and the Board of Directors or compensation committee of any other entity, nor has any interlocking relationship existed in the past. Stephen Day is a member of the Compensation Committee and he is our Treasurer, President and Chief Executive Officer. No other member of our compensation committee is currently an officer or employee of our Company.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

          In connection with this offering, our Board of Directors is designating a nominating and corporate governance committee. Upon the completion of this offering, the composition of the nominating committee will satisfy the independence requirements of the Nasdaq rules which require that, upon the completion of this offering, one member will meet the requirements as an independent director, within 90 days after the completion of this offering at least a majority of members will meet the requirements as independent directors and, within one year after the completion of this offering, all members will meet the requirements as independent directors. The purpose of the nominating committee will be to assist the Board of Directors in identifying individuals qualified to become Directors, to review periodically Director compensation and benefits and to recommend to the Board of Directors any improvements to our corporate governance guidelines as it deems appropriate. As of the completion of this offering, the nominating committee will be composed of David Powers and Stephen Day. This committee’s responsibilities will include:

• evaluating the suitability of potential nominees for membership on the Board of Directors, and recommending proposed nominees;

• reviewing relationships of the members of the Board of Directors with our Company;

64

• monitoring trends and best practices with respect to director compensation, director responsibilities and corporate governance; and

• reviewing and making recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding its effectiveness.

Director Compensation

          We currently compensate our Directors in cash for their service as members of our Board of Directors at the rate of $750 per meeting for outside Directors. We also reimburse our Directors for reasonable expenses in connection with attendance at Board of Directors and committee meetings. After the consummation of this offering, we will pay each of our independent Directors $7,000 per year plus $3,000 per year for the chairman of the audit committee, and $750 for each meeting of the Board of Directors that he or she attends.

          Additionally, we pay all personal health plan insurance premiums of, and offer merchandise at cost to, James F. Powers and David J. Powers. The aggregate incremental cost of such perquisites in fiscal 2004 was $9,146 for James F. Powers and $8,907 for David J. Powers.

          Each new Director will also be granted an option to purchase 9,225 shares of our common stock. Moreover, all Directors will, on the date of each annual stockholders meeting, including the annual meeting at which a new Director is first elected or the annual meeting occurring during the first year of such Director’s service as a Director, be granted an option to purchase 4,612 shares of our common stock. All options granted to Directors will have exercise prices equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the respective dates of such grants.

Executive Compensation

          The following table sets forth compensation paid by us for fiscal 2004:

• to our chief executive officer during fiscal 2004, and

• to each of the other executive officers serving as of the end of fiscal 2004.

          We refer to these individuals as the named executive officers elsewhere in this prospectus.

Summary Compensation Table

						Long-Term Compensation
		Annual
		Compensation				Securities
						Underlying		All Other
Name and Principal Position		Salary		Bonus		Options		Compensation
Stephen L. Day		$	217,800	$	40,400		76,937		—
	Chief Executive Officer
Jonathan A.R. Grylls			158,400		58,800		38,665		—
	Chief Operating Officer
William Schmidt			154,000		54,400		—		—
	Vice President of Operations
Michael W. Bruns			107,650		8,332		5,271		—
	Chief Financial Officer

65

          The following table shows information concerning options to purchase shares of our common stock granted to each of the named executive officers during fiscal 2004.

Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

										Potential
										Realizable Value
										at Assumed
										Annual Rates of
	Number of		% of Total							Stock Price
	Securities		Options							Appreciation for
	Underlying		Granted to			Exercise				Option Term(1)
Individual Grants	Options		Employees in			Price Per		Expiration
Name	Granted		2004			Share		Date		5%		10%
Stephen L. Day		76,937		63.7	%	$	2.14		Dec 2009	$	26,112	$	76,062
Jonathan A.R. Grylls		38,665		32.0	%		1.94		Dec 2014		47,235		119,703
William Schmidt		—		0.0	%		—		—		—		—
Michael W. Bruns		5,271		4.4	%		1.94		Dec 2014		6,440		16,320

⁽¹⁾  The potential realizable value is calculated based on the term for the option at the time of grant. The assumed rates of appreciation are prescribed by the SEC for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to forecast or predict future stock prices. The potential realizable value at 5% and 10% appreciation is calculated by assuming that fair market price appreciates at the indicated rate for the entire term of the option and that the option is exercised at the exercise price and sold on the last day of its term at its appreciated price.

          The following table shows the number of shares of our common stock acquired on exercise of options, and options to purchase shares of our common stock, held by our named executive officers at the end of fiscal 2004.

Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

					Number of Securities				Value of Unexercised
					Underlying Unexercised				In-the-Money
	Number of				Options at				Options at
	Shares				December 31, 2004				December 31, 2004
	Acquired		Value
Name	on Exercise		Realized		Exercisable		Unexercisable		Exercisable		Unexercisable
Stephen L. Day		138,379	$	123,900		33,189		43,747	$	—	$	—
Jonathan A.R. Grylls		92,253		91,700		38,665		—		—		—
William Schmidt		10,543		4,080		5,271		10,543	$	2,040	$	4,080
Michael W. Bruns		—		—		5,271		—		—		—

Employment Agreements

          Effective as of September 1, 2005, we have entered into an employment agreement with Stephen Day, our Chief Executive Officer, which has a rolling 24 month term. Under this agreement, Mr. Day is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $350,000, subject to annual increases based on the Consumer Price Index. Mr. Day is eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit programs and is also eligible to receive an annual bonus based on achievement of certain Company performance goals, participate in Company retirement plans and receive reimbursement for additional annual benefits selected by him up to $25,000. Mr. Day is entitled to 24 months of severance in the event we terminate his employment without cause or if Mr. Day terminates his employment for good reason. Mr. Day is subject to an agreement not to compete with the Company during his employment and for a period of 24 months thereafter.

          Effective as of September 1, 2005, we have entered into an employment agreement with Jonathan Grylls, our Chief Operating Officer, which has a rolling 24 month term. Under this agreement, Mr. Grylls is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $250,000, subject to annual increases based on the Consumer Price Index. Mr. Grylls is eligible to participate in all of our

66

employee benefit programs and is also eligible to receive an annual bonus based on achievement of certain Company performance goals, participate in Company retirement plans and receive reimbursement for additional annual benefits selected by him of up to $25,000. Mr. Grylls is entitled to 24 months of severance in the event we terminate his employment without cause or if Mr. Grylls terminates his employment for good reason. Mr. Grylls is subject to an agreement not to compete with the Company during his employment and for a period of 24 months thereafter.

1999 Stock Option Plan

          Our 1999 Stock Option Plan was adopted and became effective on April 22, 1999. The 1999 Stock Option Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to employees and non-qualified stock options, awards of common stock, and opportunities to make direct purchases of common stock to our employees, directors, and consultants. Upon the closing of this offering, the 1999 Stock Option Plan will be amended to provide that no additional options or shares will be granted under the 1999 Stock Option Plan.

2005 Equity Incentive Plan

          In August 2005, our Board of Directors approved our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, to become effective on the closing of this offering. The 2005 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to employees and non-qualified stock options, awards of common stock, and opportunities to make direct purchases of common stock to our employees, directors, and consultants.

          The aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan is 623,574. The aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be granted in any calendar year to any one person pursuant to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan may not exceed 50% of the aggregate number shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.

          The 2005 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, the compensation committee has been granted the discretion to determine when awards are made, which directors, employees or consultants receive awards, whether an award will be in the form of an incentive stock option, a nonqualified stock option or restricted stock, the number of shares subject to each award and all other relevant terms of the award, including vesting and acceleration of vesting. The compensation committee also has been granted broad discretion to construe and interpret the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and adopt rules and regulations thereunder. Generally, options granted to employees and consultants under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan are expected to vest over a five-year period from the date of grant.

          Our Board of Directors may amend, modify, or terminate our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan at any time, subject to applicable rules and law and the rights of holders of outstanding awards. Our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan will automatically terminate in August 2015 unless our Board of Directors terminates it prior to that time.

67

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

          On March 31, 2004 the Board of Directors authorized the exercise of stock options by certain employees, including Messrs. Day, Grylls and Schmidt, through the issuance to us of promissory notes. Mr. Day exercised options to purchase 138,379 shares; Mr. Grylls exercised options to purchase 92,253 shares; and Mr. Schmidt exercised options to purchase 10,543 shares; at exercise prices ranging from $0.95 to $1.56 per share. Each note carried interest at 3%. As of December 31, 2004, outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the notes was as follows: Mr. Day — $148,175; Mr. Grylls — $89,478; and Mr. Schmidt — $16,771. In accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the principal and interest on such loans was repaid in full by Messrs. Day, Grylls and Schmidt prior to August 26, 2005.

          On September 16, 2005, pursuant to a Redemption Agreement dated as of August 25, 2005, Citizens Ventures, Inc. converted its 1,337,668 shares of our preferred stock into 1,337,668 shares of common stock and we purchased 795,865 shares of such common stock from Citizens Ventures, Inc. for a purchase price of $6.0 million.

          In October, 2004 we entered into a lease agreement with a minority shareholder who owns less than two percent of our capital stock. The lease is for five years with our options to extend for up to an additional fifteen years. For the six months ended June 30, 2005, we paid $80,000 in lease payments. In addition, a related deposit of $18,750 is held by the landlord.

68

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

          The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of October 24, 2005, after giving effect to a 1.3179 for 1 stock split to be effected before the completion of this offering, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus by:

• each of our directors;

• each of our named executive officers;

• all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

• each person or group of affiliated persons whom we know owns beneficially more than 5.0% of our common stock.

          Except as otherwise noted below, the address for those individuals for which an address is not otherwise indicated is c/o Dover Saddlery, Inc., 525 Great Road, Littleton, MA 01460.

          Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. To compute the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days after October 24, 2005 are deemed outstanding. However, the shares are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and/or investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned.

          As of October 24, 2005, there were 3,583,509 shares of our common stock outstanding and, after giving effect to this offering, there will be 4,766,732 shares of our common stock outstanding.

	Shares Beneficially							Shares Beneficially							Shares Beneficially
	Owned Prior to the							Owned After the							Owned After the
	Offering							Offering							Over-Allotment
						Shares							Shares Offered in
Beneficial Owner	Number		Percent			Offered		Number		Percent			the Over-Allotment		Number		Percent
5% Stockholders:
Citizens Ventures, Inc. (1)		541,803		15.1	%		186,920		354,883		7.4	%		53,232		301,651		6.3	%
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
Stephen L. Day(2)		1,071,433		29.3	%		369,642		701,791		14.5	%		105,267		596,524		12.3	%
Jonathan A.R. Grylls(3)		321,508		8.9	%		110,920		210,588		4.4	%		31,588		179,000		3.7	%
William Schmidt(4)		15,814		0.4	%		9,093		6,721		0.1	%		2,590		4,131		0.1	%
Michael W. Bruns(5)		5,271		0.1	%		1,819		3,452		0.1	%		518		2,934		0.1	%
David J. Powers		519,683		14.5	%		179,289		340,394		7.1	%		51,059		289,335		6.1	%
James F. Powers		519,683		14.5	%		179,289		340,394		7.1	%		51,059		289,335		6.1	%
Gregory F. Mulligan(6)		23,063		0.6	%		7,957		15,106		0.3	%		2,266		12,840		0.3	%
Executive officers and directors as a group (seven persons)(7)		2,476,455		66.3	%		858,009		1,618,446		32.9	%		244,347		1,374,099		28.0	%
Other Selling Stockholders:
Michele R. Powers(8)		547,851		15.1	%		189,008		358,843		7.5	%		53,828		305,015		6.3	%
David Post(9)		84,478		2.4	%		29,145		55,333		1.2	%		8,300		47,033		1.0	%
Donald Motsenbocker(10)		42,238		1.2	%		14,572		27,666		0.6	%		4,150		23,516		0.5	%
Thomas Gaines(11)		42,238		1.2	%		14,572		27,666		0.6	%		4,150		23,516		0.5	%
Nicholas Holland(12)		18,450		0.5	%		6,365		12,085		0.3	%		1,813		10,272		0.2	%
Cole Smith(13)		15,814		0.4	%		9,093		6,721		0.1	%		2,590		4,131		0.1	%
Scott Soule(14)		15,814		0.4	%		9,093		6,721		0.1	%		2,590		4,131		0.1	%

(1)

Reflects the conversion on September 16, 2005 of 1,337,668 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock held by Citizens Ventures, Inc. into 1,337,668 shares of common stock and our repurchase of 795,865 shares of such common stock. Investment or voting power of the shares owned by Citizens Ventures, Inc. is shared among Gail Long, President, Greg Foy, Senior Managing Director, David Morris, Managing Director, Bradley Stewart, Director and Joshua Franklin, Director. The address of Citizens Ventures, Inc. is 28 State Street, 15th floor, Boston, MA 02109.

(2)

Includes 76,937 shares issuable to Mr. Day upon exercise of stock options.

69

(3)	Includes 38,665 shares issuable to Mr. Grylls upon exercise of stock options.
(4)	Includes 5,271 shares issuable to Mr. Schmidt upon exercise of stock options.
(5)	Consists of 5,271 shares issuable to Mr. Bruns upon exercise of stock options.
(6)	Consists of 23,063 shares issuable to Mr. Mulligan upon exercise of stock options, including options for 18,450 shares vesting upon the closing of this offering.
(7)	Includes, in the aggregate, 149,207 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options held by four executive officers and directors.
(8)	Includes 41,883 shares issuable to Ms. Powers upon exercise of stock options, 117,145 shares held in trust for the benefit of certain of her family members and 117,145 shares held by Richard Powers, Ms. Powers’ husband.
(9)	Mr. Post’s address is 16 Atkinson Depot Road, Plaistow, NH 03865.
(10)	Mr. Motsenbocker’s address is 300 Appalachian Way, McKinney, TX 75070.
(11)	Mr. Gaines’ address is 140 Venture Court Suite 1, Lexington, KY 40511.
(12)	Mr. Holland’s address is 332 Highland Ave., Winchester, MA 01890.
(13)	Includes 5,271 shares issuable to Mr. Smith upon exercise of stock options.
(14)	Includes 5,271 shares issuable to Mr. Soule upon exercise of stock options.

70

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

          Upon the closing of this offering, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide for authorized capital stock consisting of 15,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and one million shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. After completion of this offering, 4,766,732 shares of our common stock and no shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding. The following description of our capital stock and certain provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws is a summary. The description below is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws which will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement, which includes this prospectus.

Common Stock

          The issued and outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares of our common stock being offered by us in this offering will be, upon payment for the shares, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Holders of shares of our outstanding common stock are entitled to receive dividends if our Board of Directors decides to declare any dividends. See “Dividend Policy.” Our common stock is neither redeemable nor convertible. Upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our Company, holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to receive, pro rata, our assets that are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities. Each outstanding share of common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders. Our Amended and Restated By-laws do not allow for cumulative voting in the election of directors.

Preferred Stock

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, upon the closing of the offering, will authorize the issuance of one million shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. Our Board of Directors is authorized to provide for the issuance of shares of preferred stock in one or more series, and to fix for each series voting rights, if any, designation, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions as provided in a resolution or resolutions adopted by our Board of Directors.

          The purpose of authorizing our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a shareholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings, and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon completion of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options, Warrants and Restricted Stock

          In August 2005, we adopted the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, subject to the closing of this offering. Under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, we may award incentive stock options to employees and may also award non-qualified stock options and stock to our employees, directors, consultants and advisors. The 2005 Equity Incentive Plan permits the issuance of up to 623,574 shares of common stock pursuant to awards under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.

          Effective upon the closing of this offering, we are amending our 1999 Stock Option Plan to provide that no further awards may be made under such plan.

          Options to acquire 233,261 shares of our common stock were outstanding as of October 25, 2005, of which 183,181 were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $1.86 per share

71

and 50,080 of which were not exercisable and had a weighted average exercise price of $1.70 per share. No options to acquire any additional shares of common stock have been approved for grant in 2005 under our 1999 Stock Option Plan. No additional shares of common stock are reserved for issuance under our 1999 Stock Option Plan.

          Upon the closing of the offering, we will grant options to purchase an aggregate of 131,029 shares of our common stock to 17 of our employees and an option to purchase 9,225 shares of our common stock to William F. Meagher, Jr. in connection with his becoming a new Director. All such grants will be made pursuant to our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and will be awarded at an option price equal to the price at which shares will be sold in this offering.

          On September 16, 2005 we issued a warrant to purchase common stock to Patriot Capital Funding, Inc. exercisable for up to 30,974 shares of our common stock at a price of $0.00759 per share.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws

          Delaware law and our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws contain several provisions that may make it more difficult for another person to acquire control of us by means of tender offer, open market purchases, proxy contest or otherwise. Set forth below is a description of those provisions.

Delaware Law

          We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits persons deemed interested shareholders from engaging in a business combination with a Delaware corporation for three years following the date such persons become interested shareholders. Generally, an interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our Board of Directors.

Elimination of Liability in Certain Circumstances

          Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation eliminates the liability of our Directors to us or our shareholders for monetary damages resulting from breaches of their fiduciary duties as Directors. Our Directors remain liable for breaches of their duty of loyalty to us or our shareholders, as well as for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, and transactions from which a Director derives improper personal benefit. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation also does not absolve Directors from liability under provisions of Delaware General Corporation Law, which makes Directors personally liable for unlawful distributions to shareholders if the Director did not act in good faith.

          The effect of this provision is to eliminate the personal liability of our Directors for monetary damages for actions involving a breach of their fiduciary duty of care, including any such actions involving gross negligence. We believe that this provision does not eliminate the liability of our Directors to us or our shareholders for monetary damages under Federal securities laws. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws also provide indemnification for the benefit of our Directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as it may be amended from time to time, including most circumstances under which indemnification otherwise would be discretionary.

72

Number of Directors; Removal; Vacancies

          Our Amended and Restated By-laws provide that we will have such number of Directors as may be determined by resolution of our Board of Directors. Vacancies on our Board of Directors, or any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of Directors, may be filled by our Board of Directors. Our Directors may not be removed except for cause at a meeting of our shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares that are entitled to vote at an election of Directors.

Special Meetings of Shareholders

          Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that special meetings of our shareholders may be called only by the chairman of our Board of Directors, our President or a majority of our Board of Directors.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

          The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without shareholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions, and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger, or otherwise.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

          The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock, upon the closing of this offering, will be Stock Trans, Inc.

Listing

          We have applied for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “DOVR”.

73

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Following this offering, we will have 4,766,732 shares of common stock outstanding. The 2,500,000 shares (or 2,875,000 shares if the underwriter exercises its over-allotment option in full) sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, may generally only be sold in compliance with the limitations of Rule 144 as described below.

          The remaining 2,266,732 shares of common stock outstanding following this offering will be “restricted securities” as such term is defined under Rule 144. We issued and sold these restricted securities in private transactions in reliance on exemptions from registration under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, as summarized below.

          We have agreed with WR Hambrecht + Co, that we will not, without the prior written consent of WR Hambrecht + Co, issue any additional shares of common stock or securities convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except that we may grant options to purchase shares of common stock under our stock incentive plans, and issue shares of common stock upon the exercise of outstanding options.

          Our executive officers and Directors and the holders of substantially all of our shares of common stock have agreed subject to certain exceptions that they will not, without the prior written consent of WR Hambrecht + Co, directly or indirectly, sell, offer, contract to sell, assign, transfer the economic risk of ownership in, make any short sale, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of our capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or any rights to acquire or purchase, any of our capital stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of WR Hambrecht + Co. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (a) during the last 17 days of the 180-day period after the date of this prospectus, we issue an earnings release or publicly announce material news or if a material event relating to us occurs or (b) prior to the expiration of the 180-day period after the date of this prospectus, we announce that we will release earnings during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the above restrictions will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

          As a result of the lock-up agreements described above and subject to the provisions of Rule 144, Rule 144(k) and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, shares of our common stock (excluding the shares sold in this offering, assuming no exercise of the overallotment, and assuming WR Hambrecht + Co does not release shareholders from lock-up agreements) will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

• No shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus;

•  2,266,732 shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus; and

•  214,155 shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options (as of the date of this prospectus) and upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, and upon the exercise of an outstanding warrant, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Shares issuable upon exercise of options we granted prior to the date of this prospectus will also be available for sale in the public market pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, subject to certain Rule 144 limitations, and, in the case of some holders, to the lock-up agreements. Rule 701 permits resales of these shares beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus by persons other than affiliates unless such persons have entered into lockup agreements.

74

          In general, under Rule 144, a shareholder who owns restricted shares that have been outstanding for at least one year is entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of these restricted shares that does not exceed the greater of:

•  1% of the then outstanding shares of common stock, or approximately 476,673 (without giving effect to the overallotment option) shares immediately after this offering; or

• the average weekly trading volume in the common stock on the Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the sale.

          Our affiliates must comply with the restrictions and requirements of Rule 144, other than the one-year holding period requirement, to sell any shares of common stock they may own or acquire which are not restricted securities.

          Under Rule 144(k), a shareholder who is not currently, and who has not been for at least three months before the sale, an affiliate of ours and who owns restricted shares that have been outstanding for at least two years may resell these restricted shares held by such shareholders without compliance with the above requirements. The one- and two-year holding periods described above do not begin to run until the full purchase price is paid by the person acquiring the restricted shares from us or an affiliate of ours.

          As of October 25, 2005, there were 233,261 outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock granted to specified persons pursuant to our stock incentive plan. We intend to file, after the effective date of this offering, a registration statement on Form S-8 to register the sale of approximately 856,835 shares of common stock upon exercises of options granted under our stock incentive plans. The registration statement on Form S-8 will become effective automatically upon filing. Shares issued under our stock incentive plans, after the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8, may be sold in the open market, subject, in the case of some holders, to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and subject to lock-up agreements similar to those described above which we have entered into with certain of our option holders.

75

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

          In accordance with the terms of the underwriting agreement among WR Hambrecht + Co, the selling shareholders and us, the underwriter named below has agreed to purchase from the selling shareholders and us that number of shares of common stock set forth opposite each underwriter’s name below at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions described on the cover page of this prospectus.

	Number of
Underwriter	Shares
WR Hambrecht + Co, LLC
Total

          The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriter are subject to various conditions, including the absence of any material adverse change in our business, and the receipt of certificates, opinions and letters from us and our counsel. Subject to those conditions, the underwriter is committed to purchase all of the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus if any of the shares are purchased.

Commissions and Discounts

          The underwriter proposes to offer the shares of our common stock directly to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, as this price is determined by the OpenIPO process described below, and to certain dealers at this price less a concession not in excess of $           per share. The underwriter may allow, and dealers may reallow, a concession not to exceed $           per share on sales to other dealers. Any dealers that participate in this distribution of our common stock may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any discount, commission or concession received by them and any provided by the sale of the shares by them may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. After completion of the initial public offering of the shares, to the extent that the underwriter is left with shares that successful bidders have failed to pay for, the underwriter may sell those shares at a different price and with different selling terms.

          The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount to be paid to the underwriter by us in connection with this offering. The underwriting discount has been determined through negotiations between us and the underwriter, and has been calculated as a percentage of the offering price. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the over-allotment option.

	Per Share	No Exercise	Full Exercise
Public offering price	$	$	$
Underwriting discount	$	$	$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us	$	$	$
Proceeds, before expenses, to selling shareholders	$	$	$

          We estimate that the costs of this offering, exclusive of the underwriting discount and commissions, will be approximately $          . These fees and expenses are payable entirely by us. An electronic prospectus is available on the website maintained by WR Hambrecht + Co and may also be made available on websites maintained by selected dealers and selling group members participating in this offering.

The OpenIPO Auction Process

          The distribution method being used in this offering is known as the OpenIPO auction, which differs from methods traditionally used in underwritten public offerings. In particular, as described under the captions “— Determination of Public Offering Price” and “— Allocation of Shares,” the

76

public offering price and the allocation of shares are determined by an auction conducted by the underwriter and other factors as described below. All qualified individual and institutional investors may place bids in an OpenIPO auction and investors submitting valid bids have an equal opportunity to receive an allocation of shares.

          The following describes how the underwriter and some selected dealers conduct the auction process and confirm bids from prospective investors:

Prior to Effectiveness of the Registration Statement

          Before the registration statement relating to this offering becomes effective, but after a preliminary prospectus is available, the auction will open and the underwriter and participating dealers will solicit bids from prospective investors through the Internet and by telephone and facsimile. The bids shall specify the number of shares of our common stock the potential investor proposes to purchase and the price the potential investor is willing to pay for such shares. These bids may be above or below the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The minimum size of any bid is 100 shares. Bidders may submit multiple bids in the auction.

          The shares offered by this prospectus may not be sold, nor may offers to buy be accepted, prior to the time that the registration statement filed with the SEC becomes effective. A bid received by the underwriter or a dealer involves no obligation or commitment of any kind prior to the closing of the auction. Bids can be modified or revoked at any time prior to the closing of the auction.

          Approximately two business days prior to the registration statement being declared effective, prospective investors will receive, by e-mail, telephone or facsimile, a notice indicating the proposed effective date. Potential investors may at any time expressly request that all, or any specific, communications between them and the underwriter and participating dealers be made by specific means of communication, including e-mail, telephone and facsimile. The underwriter and participating dealers will contact the potential investors in the manner they request.

Effectiveness of the Registration Statement

          After the registration statement relating to this offering has become effective, potential investors who have submitted bids to the underwriter or a dealer will be contacted by e-mail, telephone or facsimile. Potential investors will be advised that the registration statement has been declared effective and that the auction may close in as little as one hour following effectiveness. Bids will continue to be accepted in the time period after the registration statement is declared effective but before the auction closes. Bidders may also withdraw their bids in the time period following effectiveness but before the close of the auction.

Reconfirmation of Bids

          The underwriter will require that bidders reconfirm the bids that they have submitted in the offering if any of the following events shall occur:

• more than 15 business days have elapsed since the bidder submitted its bid in the offering;

• there is a material change in the prospectus that requires recirculation of the prospectus by us and the underwriter; or

• the initial public offering price is more than 20% above the high end of the price range or below the low end of the price range. In this event, the underwriter will circulate a revised preliminary prospectus with its request for reconfirmation.

          If a reconfirmation of bids is required, the underwriter will send an electronic notice (or communicate in an alternative manner as requested by a bidder) to everyone who has submitted a

77

bid notifying them that they must reconfirm their bids by contacting the underwriter or participating dealers with which they have their brokerage accounts. Bidders will have a minimum of four hours to reconfirm their bids from the time they receive the notice requesting reconfirmation. Bidders will have the ability to cancel, modify or reconfirm their bids at any time until the auction closes. If bidders do not reconfirm their bids before the auction is closed (which will be no sooner than four hours after the request for reconfirmation is sent), we and the underwriter will disregard their bids in the auction, and they will be deemed to have been withdrawn. If appropriate, the underwriter may include the request for reconfirmation in a notice of effectiveness of the registration statement.

Changes in the Price Range Prior to Effectiveness of the Registration Statement

          If, prior to the date on which the SEC declares our registration statement effective, there is a change in the price range or the number of shares to be sold in this offering, in each case in a manner that is not otherwise material to this offering, we and the underwriter or participating dealers will:

• provide notice on our respective websites of the revised price range or number of shares to be sold in this offering, as the case may be;

• issue a press release announcing the revised price range or number of shares to be sold in this offering, as the case may be; and

• send an electronic notice (or communicate in an alternative manner as requested by a bidder) to everyone who has submitted a bid notifying them of the revised price range or number of shares to be sold in this offering, as the case may be.

In these situations, the underwriter may accept an investor’s bid after the SEC declares the registration statement effective without requiring a bidder to reconfirm. However, the underwriter may decide at any time to require potential investors to reconfirm their bids, and if they fail to do so, unconfirmed bids will be invalid.

Closing of the Auction and Pricing

          The auction will close and a public offering price will be determined after the registration statement becomes effective at a time agreed to by us and WR Hambrecht + Co, which we anticipate will be after the close of trading on the Nasdaq National Market on the same day on which the registration statement is declared effective. The auction may close in as little as one hour following effectiveness of the registration statement. However, the date and time at which the auction will close and a public offering price will be determined cannot currently be predicted and will be determined by us and WR Hambrecht + Co based on general market conditions during the period after the registration statement is declared effective. If we are unable to close the auction, determine a public offering price and file a final prospectus with the SEC within 15 days after the registration statement is initially declared effective, we will be required to file with the SEC and have declared effective a post-effective amendment to the registration statement before the auction may be closed and before any bids may be accepted.

          Once a potential investor submits a bid, the bid remains valid unless subsequently withdrawn by the potential investor. Potential investors are able to withdraw their bids at any time before the close of the auction by notifying the underwriter or a participating dealer.

          Following the closing of the auction, the underwriter determines the highest price at which all of the shares offered, including shares that may be purchased by the underwriter to cover any over-allotments, may be sold to potential investors. This price, which is called the “clearing price,” is determined based on the results of all valid bids at the time the auction is closed. The clearing price is not necessarily the public offering price, which is set as described in “— Determination of Public Offering Price” below. The public offering price determines the allocation of shares to potential

78

investors, with all valid bids submitted at or above the public offering price receiving a pro rata portion of the shares bid for.

          Potential investors will have the ability to withdraw their bids at any time until the closing of the auction. The underwriter will accept successful bids by sending notice of acceptance after the auction closes and a public offering price has been determined, and bidders who submitted successful bids will be obligated to purchase the shares allocated to them regardless of (1) whether such bidders are aware that the registration statement has been declared effective and that the auction has closed or (2) whether they are aware that the notice of acceptance of that bid has been sent. The underwriter will not cancel or reject a valid bid after the notices of acceptance have been sent.

          Once the auction closes and a clearing price is set as described below, the underwriter or a participating dealer accepts the bids from those bidders whose bids are at or above the public offering price but may allocate to a prospective investor fewer shares than the number included in the investor’s bid, as described in “— Allocation of Shares” below.

Determination of Public Offering Price

          The public offering price for this offering is ultimately determined by negotiation between the underwriter and us after the auction closes and does not necessarily bear any direct relationship to our assets, current earnings or book value or to any other established criteria of value, although these factors are considered in establishing the initial public offering price. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The principal factor in establishing the public offering price is the clearing price resulting from the auction, although other factors are considered as described below. The clearing price is used by the underwriter and us as the principal benchmark, among other considerations described below, in determining the public offering price for the stock that will be sold in this offering.

          The clearing price is the highest price at which all of the shares offered, including the shares that may be purchased by the underwriter to cover any over-allotments, may be sold to potential investors, based on the valid bids at the time the auction is closed. The shares subject to the underwriter’s over-allotment option are used to calculate the clearing price whether or not the option is actually exercised. Based on the auction results, we may elect to change the number of shares sold in the offering. Depending on the public offering price and the amount of the increase or decrease, an increase or decrease in the number of shares to be sold in the offering could affect the clearing price and result in either more or less dilution to potential investors in this offering.

          Depending on the outcome of negotiations between the underwriter and us, the public offering price may be lower, but will not be higher, than the clearing price. The bids received in the auction and the resulting clearing price are the principal factors used to determine the public offering price of the stock that will be sold in this offering. The public offering price may be lower than the clearing price depending on a number of additional factors, including general market trends or conditions, the underwriter’s assessment of our management, operating results, capital structure and business potential and the demand and price of similar securities of comparable companies. The underwriter and we may also agree to a public offering price that is lower than the clearing price in order to facilitate a wider distribution of the stock to be sold in this offering. For example, the underwriter and we may elect to lower the public offering price to include certain institutional or retail bidders in this offering. The underwriter and we may also lower the public offering price to create a more stable post-offering trading price for our shares.

          The public offering price always determines the allocation of shares to potential investors. Therefore, if the public offering price is below the clearing price, all valid bids that are at or above the public offering price receive a pro rata portion of the shares bid for. If sufficient bids are not received, or if we do not consider the clearing price to be adequate or if the underwriter and we are

79

not able to reach agreement on the public offering price, then the underwriter and we will either postpone or cancel this offering. Alternatively, we may file with the SEC a post-effective amendment to the registration statement in order to conduct a new auction.

          The following simplified example illustrates how the public offering price is determined through the auction process:

          Company X offers to sell 1,500 shares in its public offering through the auction process. The underwriter, on behalf of Company X, receives five bids to purchase, all of which are kept confidential until the auction closes.

          The first bid is to pay $10.00 per share for 1,000 shares. The second bid is to pay $9.00 per share for 100 shares. The third bid is to pay $8.00 per share for 900 shares. The fourth bid is to pay $7.00 per share for 400 shares. The fifth bid is to pay $6.00 per share for 800 shares.

          Assuming that none of these bids are withdrawn or modified before the auction closes, and assuming that no additional bids are received, the clearing price used to determine the public offering price would be $8.00 per share, which is the highest price at which all 1,500 shares offered may be sold to potential investors who have submitted valid bids. However, the shares may be sold at a price below $8.00 per share based on negotiations between Company X and the underwriter.

          If the public offering price is the same as the $8.00 per share clearing price, the underwriter would accept bids at or above $8.00 per share. Because 2,000 shares were bid for at or above the clearing price, each of the three potential investors who bid $8.00 per share or more would receive approximately 75% (1,500 divided by 2,000) of the shares for which bids were made. The two potential investors whose bids were below $8.00 per share would not receive any shares in this example.

          If the public offering price is $7.00 per share, the underwriter would accept bids that were made at or above $7.00 per share. No bids made at a price of less than $7.00 per share would be accepted. The four potential investors with the highest bids would receive a pro rata portion of the 1,500 shares offered, based on the 2,400 shares they requested, or 62.5% (1,500 divided by 2,400) of the shares for which bids were made. The potential investor with the lowest bid would not receive any shares in this example.

          As described in “— Allocation of Shares” below, because bids that are reduced on a pro rata basis may be rounded down to round lots, a potential investor may be allocated less than the pro rata percentage of the shares bid for. Thus, if the pro rata percentage was 75%, the potential investor who bids for 200 shares may receive a pro rata allocation of 100 shares (50% of the shares bid for), rather than receiving a pro rata allocation of 150 shares (75% of the shares bid for).

80

          The following table illustrates the example described above, after rounding down any bids to the nearest round lot in accordance with the allocation rules described below, and assuming that the initial public offering price is set at $8.00 per share. The table also assumes that these bids are the final bids, and that they reflect any modifications that have been made to reflect any prior changes to the offering range, and to avoid the issuance of fractional shares.

Initial Public Offering of Company X

	Bid Information						Auction Results
									Approximate
			Cumulative						Allocated
	Shares		Shares				Shares		Requested		Clearing		Amount
	Requested		Requested		Bid Price		Allocated		Shares		Price		Raised
		1,000		1,000	$	10.00		700		75%	$	8.00	$	5,600
		100		1,100	$	9.00		100		75%	$	8.00	$	800
Clearing Price		900		2,000	$	8.00		700		75%	$	8.00	$	5,600
		400		2,400	$	7.00		0		0%		—		—
		800		3,200	$	6.00		0		0%		—		—
Total:								1,500					$	12,000

Allocation of Shares

          Bidders receiving a pro rata portion of the shares they bid for generally receive an allocation of shares on a round-lot basis, rounded to multiples of 100 or 1,000 shares, depending on the size of the bid. No bids are rounded to a round lot higher than the original bid size. Because bids may be rounded down to round lots in multiples of 100 or 1,000 shares, some bidders may receive allocations of shares that reflect a greater percentage decrease in their original bid than the average pro rata decrease. Thus, for example, if a bidder has confirmed a bid for 200 shares, and there is an average pro rata decrease of all bids of 30%, the bidder may receive an allocation of 100 shares (a 50% decrease from 200 shares) rather than receiving an allocation of 140 shares (a 30% decrease from 200 shares). In addition, some bidders may receive allocations of shares that reflect a lesser percentage decrease in their original bid than the average pro rata decrease. For example, if a bidder has submitted a bid for 100 shares, and there is an average pro rata decrease of all bids of 30%, the bidder may receive an allocation of all 100 shares to avoid having the bid rounded down to zero.

          Generally the allocation of shares in this offering will be determined in the following manner, continuing the first example above:

• any bid with a price below the public offering price is allocated no shares.

• the pro-rata percentage is determined by dividing the number of shares offered (including the over-allotment option) by the total number of shares bid at or above the public offering price. In our example, if there are 2,000 shares bid for at or above the public offering price, and 1,500 shares offered in the offering, then the pro-rata percentage is 75%.

• all of the successful bids are then multiplied by the pro-rata percentage to determine the allocations before rounding. For example, the three winning bids for 1,000 shares (Bid 1), 100 shares (Bid 2) and 900 shares (Bid 3) would initially be allocated 750 shares, 75 shares and 675 shares, respectively, based on the pro rata percentage.

81

• the bids are then rounded down to the nearest 100 share round lot, so the bids would be rounded to 700, 0 and 600 shares respectively. This creates a stub of 200 unallocated shares.

• the 200 stub shares are then allocated to the bids. Continuing the example above, because Bid 2 for 100 shares was rounded down to 0 shares, 100 of the stub shares would be allocated to Bid 2. If there were not sufficient stub shares to allocate at least 100 shares to Bid 2, Bid 2 would not receive any shares in the offering. After allocation of these shares, 100 unallocated stub shares would remain.

• because Bid 3 for 900 shares was reduced, as a result of rounding, by more total shares then Bid 1 for 1,000 shares, Bid 3 would then be allocated the remaining 100 stub shares up to the nearest 100 round lot (from 600 shares to 700 shares).

If there are not sufficient remaining stub shares to enable a bid to be rounded up to a round lot of 100 shares the remaining unallocated stub shares would be allocated to smaller orders that are below their bid amounts. The table below illustrates the allocations in the example above.

Initial Public Offering of Company X

			Pro-Rata
			Allocation (75%				Allocation of
	Initial Bid		of Initial Bid)		Initial Rounding		Stub Shares		Final Allocation
Bid 1		1,000		750		700		0		700
Bid 2		100		75		0		100		100
Bid 3		900		675		600		100		700
Total		2,000		1,500		1,300		200		1,500

Requirements for Valid Bids

          Valid bids are those that meet the requirements, including eligibility, account status and size, established by the underwriter or participating dealers. In order to open a brokerage account with WR Hambrecht + Co, a potential investor must deposit $2,000 in its account. This brokerage account will be a general account subject to WR Hambrecht + Co’s customary rules, and will not be limited to this offering. Other than the $2,000 described above, prospective investors are not required to deposit any money into their accounts until after the registration statement becomes effective. Bidders will be required to have sufficient funds in their account to pay for the shares they are allocated in the auction at settlement, which is generally on the fourth business day following the pricing of the offering. No funds will be transferred to WR Hambrecht + Co, and any amounts in excess of $2,000 may be withdrawn at any time until the auction closes and the bid is accepted. The auction may close in as little as one hour after the registration statement is declared effective. Of course, any potential bidder that decides not to participate in the auction may close its account at WR Hambrecht + Co and withdraw its funds at any time. The underwriter reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to reject or reduce any bids that they deem manipulative or disruptive or not creditworthy in order to facilitate the orderly completion of the offering. For example, in previous transactions for other issuers in which the auction process was used, the underwriter has rejected or reduced bids when the underwriter, in its sole discretion, deemed the bids not creditworthy or had reason to question the bidder’s intent or means to fund its bid. In the absence of other information, an underwriter or participating dealer may assess a bidder’s creditworthiness based solely on the bidder’s history with the underwriter or participating dealer. The underwriter has also rejected or reduced bids that they deemed, in their sole discretion, to be potentially manipulative or disruptive or because the bidder had a history of alleged securities law violations. Suitability and eligibility standards of participating dealers may vary. As a result of these varying requirements, a bidder may

82

have its bid rejected by the underwriter or a participating dealer while another bidder’s identical bid is accepted.

The Closing of the Auction and Allocation of Shares

          The auction will close on a date and at a time estimated and publicly disclosed in advance by the underwriter on the websites of WR Hambrecht + Co at www.wrhambrecht.com and www.openipo.com. The auction may close in as little as one hour following effectiveness of the registration statement. The 2,500,000 shares offered by this prospectus, or 2,875,000 shares if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, will be purchased from us and the selling shareholders by the underwriter and sold through the underwriter and participating dealers to investors who have submitted valid bids at or higher than the public offering price.

          The underwriter or a participating dealer will notify successful bidders by sending a notice of acceptance by e-mail, telephone, facsimile or mail (according to any preference indicated by a bidder) informing bidders that the auction has closed and that their bids have been accepted. The notice will indicate the price and number of shares that have been allocated to the successful bidder. Other bidders are notified that their bids have not been accepted.

          Each participating dealer has agreed with the underwriter to sell the shares it purchases from the underwriter in accordance with the auction process described above, unless the underwriter otherwise consents. The underwriter does not intend to consent to the sale of any shares in this offering outside of the auction process. The underwriter reserves the right in its sole discretion to reject or reduce any bids that it deems manipulative or disruptive in order to facilitate the orderly completion of this offering, and reserves the right, in exceptional circumstances, to alter this method of allocation as it deems necessary to ensure a fair and orderly distribution of the shares of our common stock. For example, large orders may be reduced to ensure a public distribution and bids may be rejected or reduced by the underwriter or participating dealers based on eligibility or creditworthiness criteria. Once the underwriter has accepted a bid and closed the auction, the allocation of shares sold in this offering will be made according to the process described in “— Allocation of Shares” above, and no shares sold in this offering will be allocated on a preferential basis or outside of the allocation rules to any institutional or retail bidders. In addition, the underwriter or the participating dealers may reject or reduce a bid by a prospective investor who has engaged in practices that could have a manipulative, disruptive or otherwise adverse effect on this offering.

          Some dealers participating in the selling group may submit firm bids that reflect indications of interest from their customers that they have received at prices within the initial public offering price range. In these cases, the dealer submitting the bid is treated as the bidder for the purposes of determining the clearing price and allocation of shares.

          Price and volume volatility in the market for our common stock may result from the somewhat unique nature of the proposed plan of distribution. Price and volume volatility in the market for our common stock after the completion of this offering may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Over-Allotment Option

          The selling shareholders have granted to the underwriter an option, exercisable no later than 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 375,000 additional shares of our common stock from the selling shareholders at the offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. To the extent that the underwriter exercises this option, it will have a firm commitment to purchase the additional shares and the selling shareholders will be obligated to sell the additional shares to the underwriter. The

83

underwriter may exercise the option only to cover over-allotments made in connection with the sale of shares offered.

Lock-up Agreements

          Our executive officers and Directors and the holders of substantially all of our shares of common stock have agreed not to, directly or indirectly, sell, offer, contract to sell, assign, transfer the economic risk of ownership in, make any short sale, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of our capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or any rights to acquire or purchase, any of our capital stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of WR Hambrecht + Co. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (a) during the last 17 days of the 180-day period after the date of this prospectus, we issue an earnings release or publicly announce material news or if a material event relating to us occurs or (b) prior to the expiration of the 180-day period after the date of this prospectus, we announce that we will release earnings during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the above restrictions will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

          The holders of 100% of our outstanding common stock and options, including each of our Directors and executive officers, have agreed not to (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of WR Hambrecht + Co, other than (a) shares that will be sold by the selling shareholders in this offering (b) transfers or distributions of shares of our common stock acquired from the underwriter in this offering, (c) transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into our common stock as a bona fide gift or gifts, (d) transfers to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the persons bound by the foregoing terms or the immediate family of the persons bound by the foregoing terms or (e) distributions of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock to the partners, members or shareholders of the persons bound by the foregoing terms, provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution described in (c) through (e) above, the transferees, donees or distributees agree to be bound by the foregoing terms and the transferor, donor or distributor would not be required to, or voluntarily, file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act. These restrictions will remain in effect beyond the 180-day period under the same circumstances described in the immediately preceding paragraph.

          There are no specific criteria that WR Hambrecht + Co requires for an early release of shares subject to lock-up agreements. The release of any lock-up, if at all, will be on a case-by-case basis. Factors in deciding whether to release shares may include the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares involved, the reason for release, including financial hardship, market conditions and the trading price of the common stock. WR Hambrecht + Co has no present intention or understanding, implicit or explicit, to release any of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day period.

Short Sales, Stabilizing Transactions and Penalty Bids

          In connection with this offering, the underwriter may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Any short sales made by the underwriter would be made at the public offering price. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriter of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are

84

sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares from the selling shareholders in this offering. The underwriter may close out any covered short position by either exercising its option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. As described above, the number of shares that may be sold pursuant to the underwriter’s over-allotment option is included in the calculation of the clearing price. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriter will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. To the extent that the underwriter engages in any naked short sales, the naked short position would not be included in the calculation of the clearing price. The underwriter must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriter in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.

          The underwriter may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular member of the selling group repays to the underwriter a portion of the underwriting discount or selling concession received by it because the underwriter has repurchased shares sold by or for the account of the member of the selling group in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

          These activities by the underwriter may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, the underwriter may discontinue them at any time. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

          WR Hambrecht + Co currently intends to act as a market maker for the common stock following this offering. However, it is not obligated to do so and may discontinue any market making at any time.

Indemnity

          The underwriting agreement provides that we and the underwriter have agreed to indemnify each other against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that each other may be required to make relating to these liabilities.

LEGAL MATTERS

          The validity of the common stock offered by Dover hereby will be passed upon for us by Bingham McCutchen LLP, for the common stock sold by the selling shareholders by Preti Flaherty Beliveau Pachios & Haley LLP, and for the underwriter by Morrison & Foerster LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

          The consolidated financial statements of Dover Saddlery, Inc., as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, appearing in this prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

85

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

          We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (including exhibits, schedules, and amendments) under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information about us and the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, you should refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus relating to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and are qualified in all respects by the complete text of the applicable contract, agreement or other document, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Whenever this prospectus refers to any contract, agreement, or other document, you should refer to the exhibits that are a part of the registration statement for a copy of the contract, agreement, or document.

          You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any other information we file at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the operation of the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings, including the registration statement, are also available to you on the SEC’s Website (http://www.sec.gov).

          Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Under the Exchange Act, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, as well as proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s Public Reference Room and the website of the SEC referred to above.

86

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Dover Saddlery, Inc.	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets		F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations		F-4
Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Preferred Stock, Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income (Loss)		F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows		F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Including Data Pertaining to Interim Periods)		F-7

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Dover Saddlery, Inc.:

          We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dover Saddlery, Inc. (the Company) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

          We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Dover Saddlery, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Boston, Massachusetts	/s/  Ernst & Young LLP
April 15, 2005

F-2

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

		December 31
								June 30,
		2003			2004			2005
								(unaudited)
Assets
Current assets:
	Cash and cash equivalents	$	58,240		$	64,276		$	51,451
	Accounts receivable		57,595			147,260			797,298
	Inventory		8,332,783			9,277,340			10,274,942
	Prepaid catalog costs		1,497,691			1,340,592			2,076,858
	Prepaid expenses and other current assets		245,845			434,940			889,541
Total current assets			10,192,154			11,264,408			14,090,090
	Furniture and fixtures		1,122,800			1,251,694			1,381,097
	Office and other equipment		182,852			227,842			232,847
	Leasehold improvements		839,837			1,467,654			1,918,130
			2,145,489			2,947,190			3,532,074
	Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(1,049,184	)		(1,420,248	)		(1,660,532	)
			1,096,305			1,526,942			1,871,542
Other assets:
	Deferred tax assets		117,700			21,800			68,700
	Other assets, net		961,542			814,186			602,599
	Goodwill		13,135,221			13,135,221			13,135,221
Total other assets			14,214,463			13,971,207			13,806,520
Total assets		$	25,502,922		$	26,762,557		$	29,768,152
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
	Current portion of capital lease obligations and short term bank borrowings	$	1,093,485		$	397,089		$	1,190,892
	Accounts payable		2,144,921			2,603,628			1,993,106
	Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		1,860,195			2,146,672			1,687,699
	Income tax payable		211,451			307,814			—
	Deferred tax liability		184,300			118,824			385,559
Total current liabilities			5,494,352			5,574,027			5,257,256
Long-term liabilities:
	Revolving line of credit		8,700,000			7,800,000			10,300,000
	Subordinated notes payable		3,508,151			3,681,328			3,769,236
	Capital lease obligation, net of current portion		252,291			296,442			334,028
Total long-term liabilities			12,460,442			11,777,770			14,403,264
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,100,000 shares authorized, 1,015,000 issued and outstanding at redemption value			2,846,640			3,006,634			3,086,631
Put Rights available to preferred stock holders			—			—			7,709,701
Put Rights available to common stock holders			4,294,750			5,872,640			22,792,268
Employee notes receivable in exchange for option exercise			—			(281,600	)		(281,600	)
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
	Class A & B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 5,400,000 shares authorized, 2,095,000 shares issued as of December 31, 2003, and 2,294,000 as of December 31, 2004 and June 30, 2005		—			—			—
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income			—			(33,338	)		14,268
Retained earnings (deficit)			406,738			846,424			(23,213,636	)
			7,548,128			9,410,760			10,107,632
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity		$	25,502,922		$	26,762,557		$	29,768,152

See accompanying notes.

F-3

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

								For the
								Six Months Ended
		For the Year Ended December 31						June 30
		2002		2003		2004		2004		2005
								(unaudited)
Revenues, net		$	42,669,982	$	52,455,482	$	58,697,937	$	28,560,230	$	30,579,558
Cost of revenues			26,631,542		32,711,819		36,856,972		18,244,893		19,494,747
Gross profit			16,038,440		19,743,663		21,840,965		10,315,337		11,084,811
Selling, general, and administrative expenses			12,300,755		15,543,842		17,139,367		8,111,008		9,130,289
Income from operations			3,737,685		4,199,821		4,701,598		2,204,329		1,954,522
Interest expense, including amortization of deferred financing fees			1,489,233		1,824,833		1,324,327		627,882		800,756
Income before provision for income taxes			2,248,452		2,374,988		3,377,270		1,576,447		1,153,766
Provision for income taxes			999,437		1,110,500		1,481,300		691,430		504,500
Net income		$	1,249,015	$	1,264,488	$	1,895,970	$	885,017	$	649,266
Net income per share (Note 2)
	Basic	$	0.52	$	0.53	$	0.80	$	0.38	$	0.25
	Diluted	$	0.40	$	0.40	$	0.58	$	0.28	$	0.19
Number of shares used in per share calculation (Note 2)
	Basic		2,095,000		2,095,000		2,161,000		2,095,000		2,294,000
	Diluted		3,155,000		3,182,000		3,255,000		3,203,000		3,429,000

See accompanying notes.

F-4

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK, STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

	Redeemable				Class A
	Convertible				Common Stock
	Preferred Stock				Put Rights
									Employees			Other			Retained
	Number		Redemption		Number		Redemption		Notes			Comprehensive			Earnings
	of Shares		Value		of Shares		Value		Receivable			Income/(Loss)			(Deficit)			Total
Balance at December 31, 2002		1,015,000	$	2,686,646		2,095,000	$	4,294,750	$	—		$	(117,996	)	$	(697,756	)	$	6,165,644
Net income																1,264,488			1,264,488
Effective cash flow hedge													117,996						117,996
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock dividends				159,994												(159,994	)		—
Balance at December 31, 2003		1,015,000		2,846,640		2,095,000		4,294,750		—			—			406,738			7,548,128
Net income																1,895,970			1,895,970
Effective cash flow hedge													(33,338	)					(33,338	)
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock dividends				159,994												(159,994	)		—
Accretion of common stock put rights								1,296,290								(1,296,290	)		—
Employee stock option exercises						199,000		281,600		(281,600	)								—
Balance at December 31, 2004		1,015,000		3,006,634		2,294,000		5,872,640		(281,600	)		(33,338	)		846,424			9,410,760
Net income																649,266			649,266
Effective cash flow hedge													47,606						47,606
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock dividends				79,997												(79,997	)		—
Accretion of common stock put rights								16,919,628								(16,919,628	)		—
Accretion of preferred stock put rights				7,709,701												(7,709,701	)		—
Balance at June 30, 2005 (Unaudited)		1,015,000	$	10,796,332		2,294,000	$	22,792,268	$	(281,600	)	$	14,268		$	(23,213,636	)	$	10,107,632

See accompanying notes.

F-5

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

			For the									For the
			Year Ended December 31									Six Months Ended June 30
			2002			2003			2004			2004			2005
												(unaudited)
Operating activities
Net income			$	1,249,015		$	1,264,488		$	1,895,970		$	885,017		$	649,266
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
	Depreciation and amortization			474,837			630,232			553,092			268,219			321,720
	Deferred income tax			80,800			53,400			57,700			26,933			188,200
	Noncash interest expense and amortization of deferred finance fees			454,912			415,928			295,073			145,205			285,527
	Changes in current assets and liabilities:
		Accounts receivable		(25,667	)		48,356			(89,665	)		(823,392	)		(650,038	)
		Inventory		(1,748,205	)		(1,410,023	)		(944,557	)		(466,382	)		(997,602	)
		Prepaid catalog costs and other expenses		(568,972	)		(195,397	)		(31,998	)		(684,365	)		(1,172,140	)
		Accounts payable & short term borrowings		1,541,739			(465,446	)		(210,489	)		(729,109	)		154,540
		Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		(144,282	)		736,804			342,224			(445,702	)		(706,288	)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities				1,314,177			1,078,342			1,867,350			(1,823,576	)		(1,926,815	)
Investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment				(338,100	)		(209,226	)		(660,512	)		(379,603	)		(430,896	)
Purchase of other assets				(430,911	)		(363,750	)		(113,819	)		(3,113	)		(67,461	)
Cash used in investing activities				(769,011	)		(572,976	)		(774,331	)		(382,716	)		(498,357	)
Financing activities
Payments under revolving line of credit				8,950,000			9,500,000			6,450,000			4,400,000			5,200,000
Borrowings under revolving line of credit				(9,250,000	)		(9,500,000	)		(7,350,000	)		(2,100,000	)		(2,700,000	)
Proceeds from issuance of senior subordinated notes				—			3,500,000			—			—			—
Payments to redeem senior subordinated notes				—			(3,378,326	)		—			—			—
Payments of commitment and financing fees				—			(378,600	)		—			—			—
Payments on capital leases				(124,128	)		(143,719	)		(186,983	)		(80,453	)		(87,653	)
Change in fair value of cash flow hedge				(84,363	)		(117,996	)		—
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities				(508,491	)		(518,641	)		(1,086,983	)		2,219,547			2,412,347
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents				36,675			(13,275	)		6,036			13,255			(12,825	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period				34,840			71,515			58,240			58,240			64,276
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period			$	71,515		$	58,240		$	64,276		$	71,495		$	51,451
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid during the period for:
	Interest		$	1,059,760		$	2,846,420		$	1,029,252		$	482,675		$	515,230
	Income taxes		$	1,375,000		$	868,715		$	1,327,524		$	831,000		$	406,450
Supplemental disclosure of noncash financing activities
Equipment acquired under capital leases			$	215,982		$	130,308		$	203,934		$	141,374		$	153,982
Accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock			$	159,994		$	159,994		$	159,994		$	79,997		$	79,997

See accompanying notes.

F-6

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Including Data Pertaining to Interim Periods)

1. Operations and Organization

          Dover Saddlery, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), is a leading retailer of quality riding apparel and equipment through nationally distributed catalogs, Internet-based e-commerce and retail stores located in Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Delaware and Texas. The Company provides a complete line of products, as well as specially developed private label offerings from its direct marketing headquarters, warehouse, and call center facility in Littleton, Massachusetts.

          The accompanying consolidated financial statements comprise those of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Dover Saddlery, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, and Smith Brothers, Inc., a Texas corporation. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

          The accompanying financial statements reflect the application of certain accounting policies described in this note and elsewhere in the accompanying notes to financial statements.

Unaudited Interim Data

          The accompanying consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2005 and for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2005 and 2004 are unaudited and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. In our opinion, these unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004 and include all adjustments, consisting of only usual recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for such interim periods. The results of operations for the six-month period ended June 30, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full year ending December 31, 2005.

Use of Estimates

          The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Segment Information

          Statements of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, establishes standards for reporting information regarding operating segments in annual financial statements and requires selected information of those segments to be presented in interim financial reports issued to stockholders. Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker, or decision-making group, in making decisions on how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business as one operating segment utilizing a multi channel distribution strategy.

F-7

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(Including Data Pertaining to Interim Periods)

Revenue Recognition

          Revenues from merchandise sales, including shipping and handling, are recognized at the time of shipment to catalog and Internet customers and at the point of sale to retail store customers. At the time of recognition, the Company provides a reserve for projected merchandise returns. The reserve, which is based on prior return experience, is recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities (see Note 8).

Shipping and Handling Fee Costs

          The Company has classified amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling as revenue, and shipping and handling costs as cost of revenue in the accompanying statement of operations.

Cost of Revenues and Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

          The Company’s consolidated cost of revenues primarily consists of merchandise costs, purchasing, handling and transportation costs to obtain the merchandise and ship it to customers. The Company’s consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses primarily consist of selling and marketing expenses, including amortization of deferred catalog costs, retail occupancy cost, depreciation, amortization and general and administrative expenses.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

          The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Unpresented checks net of bank balances in a single bank account are classified as short term bank borrowings.

Capital Assets, Depreciation and Amortization

          Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for additions, renewals and betterments of property are capitalized. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

          The Company provides for depreciation and amortization of assets recorded under capitalized leases using the straight-line method by charges to operations in amounts that allocate the cost of the assets over their estimated useful lives as follows:

Asset Classification	Estimated Useful Life
Office and other equipment	5-7 years
Furniture and fixtures	7 years
Leasehold improvements	Shorter of the estimated life or lease term

          Depreciation and amortization of leasehold improvements and assets recorded under capital leases were approximately $345,000, $395,000 and $414,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. The related expense for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 was $208,000 and $240,000, respectively.

F-8

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(Including Data Pertaining to Interim Periods)

Inventory

          Inventory consists of finished goods in the Company’s mail-order warehouse and retail stores. The Company’s inventories are stated at the lower of cost, with cost determined by the first-in, first-out method, or net realizable market value. The Company maintains a reserve for excess and obsolete inventory. This reserve was $64,000 as of December 31, 2003 and $70,000 as of December 31, 2004 and June 30, 2005. The Company continuously monitors the saleability to ensure adequate valuation of the related merchandise.

Advertising

          The costs of direct-response advertising materials, primarily catalog production and distribution costs, are deferred in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) 93-7, Reporting on Advertising Costs. These costs are recognized over the period of expected future revenue, which is less than one year. Deferred costs as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and June 30, 2005 were $1,497,691, $1,340,592, and $2,076,858, respectively. The combined marketing and advertising costs charged to selling, general, and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004 were approximately $4,765,000, $6,747,000, and $7,489,000, respectively. The related amount for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 was approximately $3,476,327 and $3,853,000 respectively. There has been no impairment charges related to such assets.

Other Assets and Intangibles

          Other assets consist of the following:

		December 31						June 30
		2003			2004			2005
Deferred financing fees		$	378,600		$	438,807		$	515,267
Purchased catalog and related assets			745,850			783,380			783,380
Other misc. assets			92,621			108,703			99,704
Total cost			1,217,071			1,330,890			1,398,351
Accumulated amortization:
	Deferred financing fees		(6,810	)		(128,706	)		(326,321	)
	Purchased catalog and related assets		(248,719	)		(388,000	)		(469,431	)
Total accumulated amortization			(255,529	)		(516,706	)		(795,752	)
Total		$	961,542		$	814,186		$	602,599

          Deferred financing costs are amortized over the shorter of the contractual or estimated life of the related debt. Purchased catalog and related assets are amortized on a straightline basis over the estimated useful lives of the underlying assets, generally between two and five years.

          Amortization expense for the Company’s intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 was approximately $272,000, $286,000 and $261,000, respectively. Amortization expense for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 was

F-9

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(Including Data Pertaining to Interim Periods)

approximately $121,000 and $279,000, respectively. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the next five years is as follows:

	Intangibles
	Amortization
Year Ending December 31	Expense
2005	$	346,000
2006		251,000
2007		75,000
2008		16,000
2009		6,000
2010 and thereafter		11,000

Goodwill

          The Company accounts for its goodwill in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, which requires that goodwill be reviewed for impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, goodwill is evaluated for potential impairment.

          Management has determined, based on the guidance of SFAS No. 142, that there is one reporting unit, the Company as a whole. The Company performed its annual test of impairment of goodwill as of December 31, 2004. Based on the results of the first step of the goodwill impairment test, the Company has determined that no impairment had occurred, as the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded the respective carrying value. Therefore, the second step of the goodwill impairment test was not necessary.

Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

          The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to discounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. The Company does not believe that any of its long-lived assets were been impaired as of the periods presented.

Preopening Store Expenses

          All non capital costs associated with the opening of new retail stores are expensed as incurred.

Financial Instruments

          SFAS No. 107, Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires disclosure about fair value of financial instruments. The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, line of credit advances, notes payables, a

F-10

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(Including Data Pertaining to Interim Periods)

related interest rate swap agreement, redeemable preferred stock and common stock with put rights. The estimated fair value of these instruments approximates the carrying value.

Concentration of Credit Risk

          Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are principally cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents in highly rated financial institutions. In addition, accounts receivable consists primarily of customer credit card transactions that are fully authorized with payment in transit as of period end and therefore no allowance for doubtful accounts is deemed necessary. For the periods presented there were no customers that comprised more than 10% of revenue or accounts receivable.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

          The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage the risk of interest rate fluctuations on a portion of its outstanding debt. The Company accounts for derivative financial instruments in accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended, which requires that all derivative instruments be reported on the balance sheet at fair value and establishes criteria for designation and effectiveness of hedging relationships. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded each period in current operations or in stockholders’ equity (deficit) as other comprehensive income (loss) depending upon whether the derivative is designated as part of a hedge transaction and, if it is, the type of hedge transaction.

          The Company has entered into an interest rate swap agreement to hedge a portion of the variable cash flows resulting from fluctuations in the benchmark interest rate on its outstanding revolving credit facility. This agreement involves the exchange of variable interest rates for fixed interest rates over the life of the agreement without an exchange of the notional amount upon which the payments are based. The differential to be received or paid as interest rates change is recorded in interest expense or income in the accompanying consolidated income statements or as a change to stockholders’ equity, depending on whether the transaction qualifies as a hedge. The related receivable or payable is included as an asset or liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets (See Note 3).

          Hedges of underlying exposure are designated as part of a hedge transaction and documented at the inception of the hedge. Whenever it qualifies, the Company uses the shortcut method to satisfy hedge effectiveness requirements. Under this approach, the Company exactly matches the terms of the interest rate swap to the terms of the underlying debt and therefore may assume 100% hedge effectiveness with no formal quarterly assessment of effectiveness or measurement of ineffectiveness. The entire in fair value change is recorded in the stockholders’ equity (deficit), net of tax, as other comprehensive income (loss).

Comprehensive Income (loss)

          SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income, establishes standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income (loss) and its components in the consolidated financial statements. Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from nonowner sources. Other than reported net income, the only other item of comprehensive income (loss) is the effectively hedged interest rate swap adjustment, which is disclosed in the accompanying consolidated statements of redeemable preferred stock, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss).

F-11

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(Including Data Pertaining to Interim Periods)

Net Income Per Share

          Basic and diluted net income per share is presented in conformity with SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share”, for all periods presented. In accordance with SFAS No. 128, basic net income per share is determined by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is determined by dividing net income by the dilutive weighted average common shares outstanding. The dilutive weighted average common shares outstanding assumes a full conversion of preferred shares and includes the potential incremental common shares from the exercise of stock options using the treasury stock method, if dilutive.

          A reconciliation of the number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted net income per share is as follows:

								For the Six Months Ended
		For the Year Ended December 31						June 30
		2002		2003		2004		2004		2005
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding			2,095,000		2,095,000		2,161,000		2,095,000		2,294,000
Add: Dilutive effect of converted preferred shares			1,015,000		1,015,000		1,015,000		1,015,000		1,015,000
	Dilutive effect of assumed stock option exercises less potential incremental shares purchased under the treasury method		45,000		72,000		79,000		93,000		120,000
Diluted weighted average commons shares outstanding			3,155,000		3,182,000		3,255,000		3,203,000		3,429,000

          A reconciliation of the net income available to common stockholders used in the calculation of basic and diluted net income per share is as follows:

							For the Six Months
	For the Year Ended December 31						Ended June 30
	2002		2003		2004		2004		2005
Net income	$	1,249,015	$	1,264,488	$	1,895,970	$	885,017	$	649,266
Preferred stock dividends		159,994		159,994		159,994		79,997		79,997
Net income available to common stockholders	$	1,089,021	$	1,104,494	$	1,735,976	$	805,020	$	569,269

Stock-Based Compensation

          The Company accounts for employee stock-based compensation under APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and elect the disclosure-only alternative under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and the enhanced disclosures as required by SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure. The Company has one stock-based employee compensation plan, which is more fully described in Note 6.

F-12

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(Including Data Pertaining to Interim Periods)

          Under the intrinsic-value method, compensation expense is measured on the date of grant as the difference between the deemed fair value of the Company’s common stock and the option exercise price multiplied by the number of options granted. Generally, the Company grants stock options with exercise prices equal to the estimated fair value of its common stock, however, to the extent that the deemed fair value of the common stock exceeds the exercise price of stock options granted to employees on the date of grant, the Company records deferred stock-based compensation and amortizes the expense over the vesting schedule of the options, generally four years. The fair value of the Company’s common stock is determined by the Company’s Board of Directors (the Board). In the absence of a public trading market for the Company’s common stock, the Company’s Board considers objective and subjective factors in determining the fair value of the Company’s common stock and related options. Consistent with the guidance provided by the AICPA’s Technical Practice Aid on The Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (the TPA), such considerations included, but were not limited to, the following factors:

          • Historical and expected future earnings performance

          • The liquidation preferences and dividend rights of the preferred stock

          • Milestones achieved by the company

          • Marketplace and major competition

          • Market barriers to entry

          • The Company’s workforce and related skills

          • Customer and vendor characteristics

          • Strategic relationships with suppliers

          • Risk factors and uncertainties facing the Company

          In order to provide further support for the fair value determination made by the Board at the time of grant, the Company hired an independent valuation firm to conduct a retrospective valuation as of December 31, 2004. The valuation firm has experience in appraisal services, fairness opinions and advice in mergers and acquisitions. This important additional valuation process provides increased support based on the Hierarchy of Valuation Alternatives, as outlined in the TPA.

          The Company provided the valuation firm with all requested information relating to its business, competition, prospects and future outlook and additional information deemed relevant for the purpose of generating a valuation analysis, including liquidation preferences and dividend rights of the preferred stock. Under the guidelines of the TPA, the valuation specialist considered all of the market, income and asset based approaches. It was determined that the asset based approach was not appropriate given the Company’s business and capital structure. The specialist applied a probability-weighted expected return method to value the common stock. The resulting valuation of the common stock was $2.55 per share as of December 31, 2004.

          No stock-based compensation expense was recorded for the periods presented as the exercise price of the Company’s stock options was equal to or in excess of the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.

F-13

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(Including Data Pertaining to Interim Periods)

          The following tables illustrate the assumptions used and the effect on net income if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to stock-based employee compensation. The Company has computed the pro forma disclosures required under SFAS No. 123 for all employees stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model prescribed by SFAS No. 123.

	For the Year Ended								For the Six Months
	December 31								Ended June 30
	2002			2003		2004			2004			2005
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate		4.47	%		—		3.8	%		3.8	%		—
Expected life		5 years			—		5 years			5 years			—
Volatility		20	%		—		40	%		60	%		—
Expected dividend yield		0	%		—		0	%		0	%		—
Weighted-average fair value of options granted	$	0.40			—	$	0.44		$	0.44			—

          There were no stock options granted in 2003 or 2005.

          Had compensation cost for these awards been determined consistent with SFAS No. 123, the Company’s net income would have been as follows:

											For the Six Months
		For the Year Ended December 31									Ended June 30
		2002			2003			2004			2004			2005
Net income, as reported		$	1,249,015		$	1,264,488		$	1,895,970		$	885,017		$	649,266
Add: Employee stock-based compensation expense included in reported net income			—			—			—			—			—
Deduct: Stock-based compensation expense determined under fair value-based method for all employee awards			(9,408	)		(11,196	)		(8,886	)		(4,888	)		(6,420	)
Pro forma net income		$	1,239,607		$	1,253,292		$	1,887,084		$	880,129		$	642,846
Pro forma net income per share
	Basic	$	0.52		$	0.52		$	0.80		$	0.38		$	0.24
	Diluted	$	0.39		$	0.39		$	0.58		$	0.27		$	0.18

          As stock options vest over several years and additional stock option grants are expected to be made each year, the above pro forma disclosures are not necessarily representative of pro forma effects on results of operations for future periods.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, which requires the measurement of all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, using a fair-value-based method and the recording of such expense in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. The accounting provisions of SFAS No. 123R are effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company will be required to adopt SFAS No. 123R for its fiscal quarter

F-14

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(Including Data Pertaining to Interim Periods)

beginning January 1, 2006. The pro forma disclosures previously permitted under SFAS No. 123 no longer will be an alternative to financial statement recognition.

          The Company expects to follow the “modified prospective” method of adoption of SFAS 123R whereby earnings for prior periods will not be restated as though stock-based compensation has been expensed, rather than the “modified retrospective” method of adoption which would entail restatement of previously published earnings. The Company plans to adopt SFAS 123R for its 2006 fiscal year.

          As permitted by SFAS 123, the Company currently accounts for share-based compensation to employees under the APB 25 intrinsic value method and generally recognizes no compensation cost for employee stock options. Accordingly, the adoption of the SFAS 123R fair value method will impact the Company’s results of operations, although it will have no impact on overall financial position. The impact of adoption of SFAS 123R will depend on levels of share-based compensation granted in the future and the fair value assigned thereto. The Company has not yet determined whether the future impact of SFAS 123R is likely to approximate the pro forma compensation expense reported under SFAS 123 as described in the disclosure of pro forma net earnings and earnings per share to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

3. Financing Agreement

          In December 2003, the Company completed a debt refinancing, closing simultaneously on a $14,000,000 revolving credit facility and $3,500,000 senior subordinated notes. The transaction provided additional credit availability through the senior debt refinancing and reduced interest on its subordinated facility.

Revolving Credit Facility

          The $14,000,000 revolving credit facility, of which up to $2,000,000 can be in the form of letters of credit, shall bear interest at the base rate, announced from time to time by the bank plus an applicable margin determined by the Company’s funded debt ratio. As of December 31, 2003, and 2004 and June 30, 2005, the bank rates were 4.00%, 5.25% and 6.25%, respectively. The applicable margins were 1.00%, 0.50% and 0.50%, respectively. Interest shall be payable quarterly on the last business day of each fiscal quarter. The Company is obligated to pay commitment fees of 0.25% per annum on the average daily, unused amount of the line of credit during the preceding quarter on the revolving credit facility.

          At its option, the Company may have all or a portion of the unpaid principal under the credit facility bear interest at a one, two, three, or six month LIBOR rate options. The LIBOR rate was 1.12%, 2.43% and 3.31% at December 31, 2003 and 2004 and June 30, 2005, respectively, plus an applicable margin determined by the Company’s funded debt ratio. The ratios, 3.25%, 2.75% and 2.75%, at and December 31, 2003, December 31, 2004 and June 30, 2005, respectively, was fixed for the LIBOR rate option period. Interest related to the LIBOR rate option is payable at the maturity of the LIBOR agreement. At December 31, 2003 and 2004 and June 30, 2005, the Company had a one month LIBOR rate option agreement outstanding for $7,000,000.

          All assets of the Company collateralize the revolving credit facility. Under the terms of the credit facility, the Company is subject to certain covenants including, among others, maximum funded debt ratios, operating cash flows, profitability, and capital expenditures. For the periods

F-15

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(Including Data Pertaining to Interim Periods)

presented, the Company was in compliance with all covenants. The revolving line of credit is due in full on December 11, 2006.

          At June 30, 2005, the Company had the ability to borrow $3,700,000 on the revolving line of credit, of which up to $2 million can be in the form of letters of credit.

Subordinated Notes Payable

          On December 11, 2003, the Company issued senior subordinated notes payable in the amount of $3,500,000, due in full March 11, 2007. The proceeds were used to pay off the prior subordinated notes payable. Interest at an annual rate of 17.25% is payable monthly on the fifth day of the month commencing January 5, 2004. The Company, at its option, in lieu of paying cash, may pay up to 27.5% of the amount of interest payable by increasing the principal amount of the note. At December 31, 2003 and 2004 and June 30, 2005, there was $8,149, $181,328 and $269,236 of accumulated interest in the principal of subordinated notes, respectively.

          Under the terms of the subordinated notes agreement, the Company is subject to certain covenants, including, among others, maximum funded debt ratios, operating cash flows, profitability and capital expenditures. As of all periods presented, the Company was in compliance with each covenant.

          The estimated aggregate principal payments as of June 30, 2005 for each of the next five fiscal years is as follows:

	Principal Debt Payments
2005	$	1,022,723
2006		10,300,000
2007		3,769,236
2008		—
2009		—
2010 and thereafter		—

Interest Rate Swap Agreement

          In conjunction with the revolving credit facility, the Company entered into a three-year interest rate swap agreement with an aggregate notional amount of $5,000,000. The purpose of this interest rate swap is to reduce the future impact of fluctuating interest rates changes. The swap agreement caps the Company’s interest rate exposure at 3.05% for the outstanding balance under the notional amount through December 10, 2006. Such transaction qualifies for the shortcut method to satisfy hedge effectiveness requirements. The unfavorable fair value of the hedge instrument as of December 31, 2004 was $60,615 and is recorded in accrued expense and other liabilities, which net of tax of $27,277 has been shown as a decrease of other comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2004. The favorable fair market value of the hedge instrument as of June 30, 2005 was $18,727 and is recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

4. Commitments

          The Company leases its facilities and certain fixed assets that may be purchased for a nominal amount on the expiration of the leases under noncancelable operating and capital leases

F-16

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(Including Data Pertaining to Interim Periods)

that extend through 2009. These leases, which may be renewed for periods ranging from one to five years, include fixed rental agreements as well as agreements with rent escalation clauses.

          Property and equipment includes the following amounts related to capitalized capital leases and the related accumulated depreciation:

		December 31						June 30
		2003			2004			2005
Furniture and fixtures		$	74,066		$	74,066		$	74,066
Office and equipment			501,475			447,287			493,914
Leasehold improvements			131,868			315,663			423,016
	Total cost of leased equipment		707,409			837,016			990,996
	Less allowances for depreciation		(363,158	)		(443,880	)		(518,389	)
Net book value of assets under capital lease		$	344,251		$	393,136		$	472,607

          The amortization expense for the assets recorded under capital leases is included in the depreciation expense.

          Future minimum commitments as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:

		Capital			Operating
		Leases			Leases
Year Ending December 31,
	2005	$	175,000		$	1,020,045
	2006		151,000			581,371
	2007		97,000			200,518
	2008		64,000			160,000
	2009		21,000			120,000
Total minimum lease payments			508,000		$	2,081,934
Amount representing interest			(71,000	)
Present value of net minimum lease payments			437,000
Less current portion			(140,558	)
Long-term capital lease obligation		$	296,442

          Total rental expense under the operating agreements included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 was $556,500, $687,513 and $876,860, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 such expenses were $406,387 and $541,822, respectively.

F-17

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(Including Data Pertaining to Interim Periods)

5. Income Taxes

          Income taxes are provided for in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Accordingly, a deferred tax asset or liability is recorded based on the differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and is measured by the enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when these differences reverse. The deferred tax provision results from the net change during the year of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The income tax provision is as follows:

								For the Six Months
		For the Year Ended December 31						Ended June 30
		2002		2003		2004		2004		2005
Current:
	Federal	$	620,999	$	702,400	$	976,000	$	455,570	$	214,400
	State		297,638		354,700		447,600		208,927		101,900
Total current			918,637		1,057,100		1,423,600		664,497		316,300
Deferred:
	Federal		60,900		40,200		43,500		20,305		141,800
	State		19,900		13,200		14,200		6,628		46,400
Total deferred			80,800		53,400		57,700		26,933		188,200
Total provision for income tax		$	999,437	$	1,110,500	$	1,481,300	$	691,430	$	504,500

          Deferred income taxes relate to the following temporary differences as of

		December 31						June 30
		2003			2004			2005
Current deferred tax (liability) asset:
	Accruals not currently deductible	$	(419,000	)	$	(391,153	)	$	(639,204	)
	Reserves not currently deductible		244,900			278,516			263,900
	Property basis differences		(10,200	)		(6,187	)		(10,155	)
			(184,300	)		(118,824	)		(385,559	)
Noncurrent deferred tax asset:
	Depreciation and amortization		117,700			21,800			68,700
		$	66,600		$	(97,024	)	$	(316,859	)

F-18

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(Including Data Pertaining to Interim Periods)

          The effective income tax rate varies from the amount computed using the statutory U.S. income tax rate as follows:

										For the
	For the Year Ended									Six Months
	December 31									Ended June 30
	2004			2003			2002			2004			2005
Federal statutory rate		34	%		34	%		34	%		34	%		34	%
Increase in taxes resulting from state income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit		10	%		13	%		10	%		10	%		10	%
		44	%		47	%		44	%		44	%		44	%

6. Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Common Stock

          The Company has authorized 5,400,000 shares of $0.0001 par value common stock, consisting of 4,300,000 and 1,100,000 shares designated as Class A and Class B common stock, respectively. Commencing December 31, 2006, the common stockholders will have a right to sell their stock back to the Company at the then fair value. As a result of this put right, the Company has recorded the redemption value of these instruments outside of stockholders’ equity (deficit). The accretion to fair value is facilitated by a reduction of additional paid-in capital and retained earnings (deficit) to the extent required.

Preferred Stock

          The Company has authorized 1,100,000 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock (Preferred Stock), and has issued 1,015,000 shares of Preferred Stock for proceeds of $2,000,000. Through December 11, 2003, the holder of the Preferred Stock was also the holder of the Company’s subordinated notes.

          The holder of the Preferred Stock has the following rights:

Dividends

          The holder of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board, cumulative dividends in cash at an annual rate of $0.15763 per share of the Preferred Stock. The dividends have been accrued from the date of original issuance of such shares. The accrued dividends were $846,640, $1,006,634 and $1,086,631 as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and June 30, 2005, respectively.

Liquidation

          In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, as defined, the holder of each share of Preferred Stock is entitled to a cash payment equal to $1.97 per share, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends whether or not earned or declared, to be paid from the assets of the Company available for distribution.

F-19

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(Including Data Pertaining to Interim Periods)

          Transactions constituting a liquidation event include a capital stock reorganization, a consolidation or merger, which affects a change in control, and a sale of a majority of the Company’s assets. Upon a 51% vote by the holders, such transactions will not constitute a liquidation event.

Voting

          The holder of Preferred Stock shall have no right to vote for the election of directors or for any other purpose or on any other subject. Except as otherwise restricted, the holder of Preferred Stock shall have the right to notice and visitation of meetings of the stockholders.

Redemption

          On September 20, 2005, the Company shall redeem all then-outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, upon payment in cash of $1.97 per share, subject to equitable adjustment as defined, plus all accrued but unpaid dividends whether or not earned or declared. As a result of this redemption provision, the preferred stock has been presented outside of stockholders’ equity (deficit).

Conversion

          The shares of Preferred Stock may, at the election of the holder, at any time, be converted in whole or in part into 1,015,000 common shares. Any unpaid accrued dividends may also be converted at a cost of $1.97 per common share. Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then effective conversion rate immediately upon the consummation of an underwritten public offering, provided that aggregate net proceeds to the Company of such offering are not less than $15,000,000.

          Upon conversion, the preferred shareholders are entitled to the put rights provided common stockholders noted above. Accordingly, the Company records the fair value accretion of such puts rights to the extent they exceed the redemption value of the underlying preferred stock.

Stock Option Plan

          In 1999, the Company’s Board approved the 1999 Stock Option Plan (the Plan), which provides for the granting of Incentive Stock Options (ISOs) and nonqualified stock options. Under the Plan, the Board may grant ISOs and nonqualified stock options to selected key employees and directors of the Company. ISOs may be granted only to employees, with an exercise price of not less than 100% of the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant, or in the case of 10% or greater stockholders, not less than 110% of the fair value of the common stock. Nonqualified options shall have an exercise price of not less than 100% of the fair value of the common stock as of the date of grant. Options generally vest over a period of up to five years.

F-20

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(Including Data Pertaining to Interim Periods)

          All stock options issued under the Plan expire within ten years or, in the case of 10% or greater shareholders, within five years. The following table summarizes all stock option activities.

											For the Six Months
		For the Year End December 31									Ended June 30
		2003				2004					2005
				Weighted					Weighted				Weighted
				Average					Average				Average
				Exercise					Exercise				Exercise
		Shares		Price		Shares			Price		Shares		Price
Beginning balance			279,282	$	1.46		279,282		$	1.46		191,000	$	2.34
	Granted		—		—		114,218			2.72		—		—
	Forfeited		—		—		(3,500	)		1.49		—		—
	Exercised		—		—		(199,000	)		1.42		—		—
Ending balance			279,282	$	1.46		191,000		$	2.34		191,000	$	2.34
Exercisable			232,282	$	1.29		119,805		$	2.23		153,000	$	2.36

	Outstanding Options
			Weighted
	Options		Average		Options
Range of Exercise Prices	Outstanding		Remaining Life		Exercisable
1.49		33,782		4.3		33,782
2.05		43,000		6.5		19,000
2.56 – 2.82		114,218		6.6		100,218
		191,000		6.1		153,000

          The Company has reserved a total of 390,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the Plan. As of December 31, 2003, 110,718 shares were available for future grants, which were all utilized in the 2004 grants. There were no available shares as of December 31, 2004 and June 30, 2005.

7. Employee Savings Plan

          The Company maintains the Dover Saddlery, Inc. 401k Profit Sharing Plan (the 401k Plan). Employees of the Company may participate in the 401k Plan after one year of service, which allows employees to defer a percentage of their salary under Section 401k of the Internal Revenue Code. The 401k Plan also allows for the Company to make discretionary contributions determined annually based on a percentage of the employee’s compensation. No employer contributions were made during the periods presented.

F-21

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(Including Data Pertaining to Interim Periods)

8. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

          Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

		December 31,						June 30,
		2003			2004			2005
Wages payable		$	577,758		$	662,141		$	427,364
Advanced payments received			275,000			275,000			275,000
Sales return reserves			663,000			616,000			580,000
Gift certificate and prepaid sales liabilities			234,057			341,636			127,355
Miscellaneous accruals and other liabilities			110,380			251,895			277,980
		$	1,860,195		$	2,146,672		$	1,687,699
A rollforward of the Company’s sales return reserve is as follows:
Beginning balance		$	561,000		$	663,000		$	616,000
	Provision		8,048,927			8,939,404			4,812,050
	Returns		(7,946,927	)		(8,986,404	)		(4,848,050	)
Ending balance		$	663,000		$	616,000		$	580,000

9. Related Party Transactions

          In October of 2004, the Company entered into a lease agreement with a minority stockholder. The agreement, which relates to the Plaistow, NH retail store, is a five year lease with options to extend for an additional fifteen years. For the six months ended June 30, 2005, the Company paid and expensed $80,000 in connection with the lease. In addition, a related deposit of $18,750 is recorded as prepaid expenses and other current assets.

          In September 2004, the Company provided $281,600 to various stockholders to help facilitate the exercise of 199,000 stock options. These notes provide the Company full recourse to the individuals and are payable on demand. Interest on the notes accrued at 3% annually. The notes remained outstanding as of December 31, 2004 and June 30, 2005 and were repaid in August 2005.

10. Subsequent Events

          On August 25, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the Company’s plan to file a registration statement for the sale of its common stock having an aggregate value of up to $50,000,000 with the Securities Exchange Commission. In connection with this, the Board of Directors approved certain other resolutions, including an amendment to the stockholder’s agreement which will eliminate the common stock put rights and the adoption of an Equity Incentive Plan, both of which are subject to the closing of such offering.

          On September 16, 2005, pursuant to a redemption agreement, dated as of August 25, 2005, Citizens Ventures, Inc. converted all of its 1,015,000 shares of preferred stock into 1,015,000 shares of common stock and the Company purchased 603,889 shares of such common stock from Citizens Ventures, Inc. for a purchase price of $6.0 million. The purchase was facilitated through an increased draw against the Company’s revolving credit facility and a restructuring of the subordinated notes payable.

F-22

DOVER SADDLERY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(Including Data Pertaining to Interim Periods)

          The Company negotiated an amendment to the senior revolving credit facility, extending the maturity by three years to September 16, 2008, increasing the facility to $16 million, and expanding the related covenants to include the increased subordinated debt borrowings.

          Under the restructuring of the subordinated notes payable, the Company issued $8.05 million of senior subordinated debt whereby the additional funds were used to pay off the previous subordinated notes payable discussed in Note 3. Interest on the notes may be prepaid at the Company’s option at 103%, 104% or 105% of its principal amount until September 16, 2006, 2007 or 2008, respectively. The notes are payable at 106% of its principal amount by September 16, 2009. In connection with these notes, the Company issued warrants to purchase common shares at $0.01 per share. The warrants are exercisable commencing March 31, 2006.

          On October 24, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders approved a 1.3179 for 1 stock split, effective at the completion of the offering noted above. The share amounts and financial information included within these financial statements and accompanying notes do not reflect such split.

F-23

APPENDIX: ROAD SHOW PRESENTATION

INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Welcome to the road show presentation for Dover Saddlery.

This text reflects comments to be made by Dover Saddlery’s management team during a series of presentations prior to the Company’s proposed initial public offering. For more information, please refer to our prospectus.

A-1

Safe Harbor Statement This presentation contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our current views with respect to future events. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those discussed under the heading "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in our Prospectus, that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performances or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These statements can be recognized by the use of words such as "may," "might," "will," "intend," "should," "could," "can," "would," "expect," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "potential," "plan," "is designed to," "target" or the negative of these terms, and similar expressions. We do not undertake to revise any forward-looking statements to reflect future events or circumstances.

The following presentation may contain certain forward-looking statements relating to future events or to Dover Saddlery’s expected financial performance that are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section of our prospectus. Please read this safe harbor statement and the one set forth in our prospectus.

In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances in the presentation may not occur and actual results could vary significantly and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

A-2

Offering Summary 2,500,000 $12 - $16 DOVR Week of WR Hambrecht + Co NASDAQ Ticker Shares Offered Estimated Price Range Expected Pricing Sole Bookrunner

At this point I’d like to give you some key details on Dover Saddlery’s proposed initial public offering.

Dover Saddlery plans to list its shares on the Nasdaq National Market (NASDAQ) under the ticker symbol “DOVR”. The offering will consist of 2,500,000 shares. The estimated price is $12 to $16 per share, and we expect to price the offering during the week of _____________. WR Hambrecht + Co is the sole underwriter for this offering which will be conducted as an OpenIPO.

A-3

Stephen Day President and CEO

I’m pleased to introduce today’s speakers from Dover Saddlery:

Stephen Day, Chairman, President and CEO of the Company. Steve joined the Company in 1998. He was previously the controlling member of Equisearch.com, a leading Internet equine content site, as well as the CEO of State Line Tack, which he then sold to Petsmart. Steve is an avid equestrian, as are many of the employees at Dover Saddlery. He has founded two riding schools and trained many young horses to become successful show horses.

Jonathan Grylls, Chief Operating Officer and member of the Board. Jonathan was COO of Equestrian Products Corporation and was VP of Merchandising at State Line Tack prior to joining Dover. Jonathan is responsible for the company’s business operations, MIS technology and store optimization models.

Michael Bruns, Chief Financial Officer. Michael began his financial career as an auditor and CPA and has been at the company since 1999. Michael is responsible for the finance functions at Dover.

A-4

Equestrian: A Bigger Market Than You Think 9.2 Million Horses In the U.S. of Households Ride Did at One Time Would Like To 10% 5% 18% $5.7 Billion Spent On Equestrian Products Sources: Fountain Agricounsel, USA, '04; American Sports Data; NFO Research % Participation Participant Days / Year Riding 6% 22 Skiing 5% 6 Mountain Biking 2% 18

Welcome and thank you for your interest in Dover Saddlery.

I think one of the surprising things about our story is that the equestrian market is much bigger than many people realize.

There are over 9 million horses in the United States, almost $6 Billion spent on equestrian products each year, and 33% of households either ride, rode at one time, or would like to ride.

In fact, participation exceeds other outdoor sports such as skiing and mountain biking. If you look at the % of the U.S. population that participates and the number of annual participant days per year, horseback riding is at the top of that list.

A-5

Large, Fragmented Industry 10,000 Small Tack Shops 86% Don't Use Direct Marketing 68% Have No Automated Inventory Control 50% Have No More Than 1 Full-Time Employee 48% Don't Have a Web Site 40% Don't Use a Computer 13% Had Annual Sales Over $1 Million Source: Tack 'N Togs, '02 - '04

The problem is that if you’re a rider, you usually have to rely on small mom and pop stores to get the clothing, tack, and supplies you need. It’s a large, fragmented market, made up of approximately 10,000 tack stores scattered throughout the country.

The majority of these tack stores don’t use direct marketing and have no automated inventory control. Many of them have no more than one full-time employee, no web site, and in some cases, no computer. Only 13% of these small tack stores had annual sales over $1 million.

State Line Tack is the only competitor of size operating on a national level with a catalog and stores within a store with limited inventory at selected Petsmart locations.

A-6

Leader in the English Equestrian Market Powerful Multi-Channel Model Optimized Store Expansion Strategy Established, Scalable Infrastructure Experienced Executive Team

Dover Saddlery has spent 30 years becoming a leader in the equestrian market. We serve our customers through a powerful multi-channel model that includes retail stores, catalog, and Internet.

We believe that we have an attractive opportunity to expand our retail presence, and have an optimized retail expansion strategy to identify the most attractive retail locations around the country.

We’ve got an established, scalable infrastructure that allows us to sell and serve our customers efficiently, and support our anticipated growth.

Our team is very familiar with direct marketing, retail build out and operation, and the trends driving the equestrian market.

A-7

Retail 4 Stores Catalog 5.4 Million Catalogs Web 2.7 Million Unique Visitors Powerful Multi-Channel Model Largest Direct Marketer of Equestrian Products in the U.S.

One of the cornerstones of our business success is our multi-channel model.

By developing a retail store, web, and catalog presence, we’ve become the largest direct marketer of equestrian products in the United States. We currently have 4 stores, mail 5.4 million catalogs each year, and have almost 3 million unique visitors to our web site.

Our catalog has been our primary marketing vehicle, enabling us to drive web and store traffic.

A-8

Strong Momentum 28% Revenue CAGR ('98 - '04) 25% Operating Income CAGR ('98 - '04) 86% Customer Repeat Rate 90% Customer Rating for Product Quality / Service

By marketing our products across multiple integrated channels, we’ve strengthened our brand visibility, brand equity, and financial momentum.

Our revenue and operating income CAGR are 28% and 25% respectively over the last 6 years, our customer repeat rate is 86%, and our customers rate both our product quality and service at 90%.

A-9

Higher Average Customer Purchase The Power of Multi-Channel Marketing Multi-Channel Customers Buy More More Channels Drive Sales 3 Out of 4 Customers Prefer Retail Dover Channels Used 1 2 3 Channels 301 520 882 ~3X 6X 5X Source: Dover Management, RichFX.com, Retailing Management, 5th Edition, Levy, Michael and Barton A. Weitz (2004)

Let me show you in more detail why our multi channel model is so powerful when applied to the equestrian industry.

Multi-channel customers buy more. As you can see with this bar chart, customers who use all three of our channels have bought nearly 3 times more than customers who use one channel.

This is a common trend; both Eddie Bauer and JC Penney have found that their customers buy more if they use three channels.

A-10

$3.1M Before Opening Year 2 The Power of Multi-Channel Marketing Hockessin, Delaware Multi-Channel Customers Buy More More Channels Drive Sales 3 Out of 4 Customers Prefer Retail $0 $2.6M Before Opening Year 2

We’ve also found that more channels drive sales. Take the example of our retail store in Hockessin, Delaware. Before we opened the store, our direct sales within a 30 mile radius were $496K. Two years after the store opened, total sales had grown to $3.1 million, that’s a 150% CAGR during the 2 year period.

Retail sales grew from $0 to $2.6 million while direct sales grew from $496K to $540K.

This tells us two things: first, building a retail store boosted overall sales across multiple channels. We use our catalog as a marketing vehicle to drive existing customers to our stores, which has resulted in strong first year sales for the new store.

Second, by building a retail store we’re able to attract a large number of “hidden” customers who would like to buy from us, but want to buy at a store. In Hockessin, we went from having 1,500 mail order customers within a 30 mile radius in the year before opening to a total of 6,000 customers two years later.

The magnitude of the multi-channel opportunity is supported by the data on the following slide ...

A-11

The Power of Multi-Channel Marketing Multi-Channel Customers Buy More More Channels Drive Sales 3 Out of 4 Customers Prefer Retail Equestrian Tack Purchases by Channel % of Sales From Retail Stores Source: Frank Magid & Associates Source: WRH+Co, SEC Filings, 2004 Sales 85% 86% 74% 58% Other Catalog Stores

As third party data suggests, roughly 3 out of 4 customers prefer to buy in retail stores; other mature multi-channel retailers such as REI, Talbots, Victoria’s Secret and Williams-Sonoma have found that between 60% and 86% of their sales come from stores.

A-12

Broader Market Penetration Greater Wallet Share More Customers The Power of Multi-Channel Marketing Multi-Channel Customers Buy More More Channels Drive Sales 3 Out of 4 Customers Prefer Retail

Because we have such strength across all 3 channels, we are uniquely positioned to broaden our market penetration, increase our wallet share, and attract new customers.

A-13

1st Qtr Retail 76 Direct 30 30% Direct Target Channel Mix Optimization 70% Stores Our Retail Store Opportunity 1st Qtr Retail 11 Direct 89 89% Direct 11% Stores Today

Currently only 11% of our sales are from retail. That channel generally represents 60 to 85% of the total opportunity. Therefore, there is substantial potential to grow overall sales. Our goal is to optimize our channel mix to 70% retail, 30% direct, as many other leading multi-channel retailers have.

A-14

Natural Channel Mix Evolution 1st Qtr Retail 76 Direct 24 24% Direct* 76% Store Wellesley, MA Opened 1975 *For Customers Within 30 Miles of Store $3.9 Million Annual Area Sales Strong Store and Direct Sales Demonstrates Customers Have Responded to Multiple Channels

We’ve already started to see this evolution occur.

Our Wellesley store is a perfect example. This store, which opened in 1975, has a 76% retail / 24% direct mix for overall area sales. The annual area sales are $3.9 Million, which demonstrates strong retail and direct sales, and that our customers have responded to multiple channels.

A-15

Attractive Customer Base Affluent Predominantly Female High Average HH Income High-Quality Brand Preference Loyal 86% Repeat Rate Deep Passion, Dedication Heavily Invested in Equestrian Lifestyle Large 2 Million Equestrian Enthusiasts 300,000 Email Addresses 200,000 Active Customers

In order to better understand how we’ve been able to grow consistently over time and why our customers keep coming back, I think it’s helpful to understand to whom we sell.

Our customer group is affluent, loyal, and large. It’s a group that is predominantly female, with a high average household income and a preference for high-quality brands. They have an 86% repeat rate, are deeply passionate and dedicated to the sport, and are heavily invested in the equestrian lifestyle. Considering that some of our saddles cost $4,000 they need to be.

We currently have 2 million equestrian enthusiasts in our database, 300,000 email addresses, and 200,000 customers who have made a purchase within the last 12 months.

A-16

Smith Brothers Dover Saddlery Miller’s Harness Broad, Deep Inventory 5,800 Items 28,000 SKUs 85% Annual Product Carryover Low Return Rates English and Western Products Saddles ($4,000) Breastplates Bridles Crops, Bats, Whips Girths Bandages Books Lunging Supplies Martingales Nameplates Pony Tack Reins Stirrup Irons Shoe Studs Storage Bags Halters ($19) Tack Stable Products Apparel Western

Our customers come to us because we’re known as a leading source in the English riding equestrian world. We have a broad, deep inventory that offers everything you need to ride or take care of a horse.

We have three catalog titles:, Dover Saddlery, which carries English-style riding products, and Miller’s Harness, which carries lower price point products and is used primarily as a prospecting vehicle, and Smith Brothers, which carries Western-style riding products

We offer tack; saddles, bridles, equestrian apparel, horse care, and stable products. From a $4,000 saddle to a $1 hoof pick, our offering spans 5,800 items and 28,000 SKUs.

Although we carry a large number of items, we have a very high annual product carryover. English riding is very traditional from a fashion perspective, do we don’t need to stock trendy items that may need to be marked down. We offer our customers high quality items that they need, which in turn means minimal inventory closeout problems.

A-17

Premier Brands Riding Apparel Horse Care and Stable Products Saddles and Tack

Many of the high quality items that we offer come from leading companies, including Hermes, Grand Prix, and Absorbine, to name a few.

A-18

Jonathan Grylls COO

I’d now like to turn the presentation over to Jonathan Grylls, our COO. Jonathan will take you through our retail opportunity in more detail, and describe how our store optimization model works.

A-19

Current Retail Stores Current Store Denton, TX Since '04 Wellesley,MA Since '75 Hockessin, DE Since '02 Plaistow, NH Since March '05 $123 $307 $1,074 $425 $ Net Sales per Selling Sq. Ft * * Trailing 12 Months, 07/31/05. Plaistow Annualized Number

We currently have four retail stores, three of which use the mature, powerful Dover Database to drive sales. The three Dover Saddlery retail stores enjoy strong sales per square foot.

Our fourth retail store is the Smith Brothers store, which uses the young and developing Smith Brothers Database.

A-20

Broad Customer Distribution Current Store Mathematical Store Optimization Model Targets Locations with Existing Direct Customers 30-50 Mile Distance b/t Stores 50 Initial Locations A, B and C Store Formats

As Steve outlined earlier, about 3 out of every 4 customers prefer to shop at a store. In fact, in the 30 mile trading areas surrounding the Hockessin and Plaistow stores, we’ve been successful in finding about three new store customers for every one existing direct customer.

This ability to find potential new store customers in the same geographic concentrations as our existing customers is supported by the fact that the geographic distribution of our 200,000 customer database, and the geographic distribution of our 2,000,000 Equestrian Enthusiast database are remarkably similar. In other words, direct customers and store customers are separated only by their buying behavior and not by their geography.

Although our Dover Saddlery stores are currently only on the East Coast, this map clearly shows that we have customers throughout the United States. Because our customers are nationwide, we believe we have an opportunity to take this company to the next level by substantially increasing our retail presence across the country.

A-21

Scalable Infrastructure 100,000 Ft2 Facility (Littleton, MA) 30% Utilized $10.3M Inventory 8,000 Package Fill Capacity / Day Ability to Ship 95% of Items in an Average of 1.7 Business Days 3 Call Centers (MA, NH, TX) Robust Customer Service System 90% of Staff Are Horse Enthusiasts Low Cost per Order, High Customer Satisfaction

Another key element of our ability to successfully grow the company is our scalable infrastructure. We have our warehouse operations and customer service in place, and are ready to support a higher level of sales.

Our 100,000 square foot warehouse in Littleton, Massachusetts has the ability to fulfill orders for over 8,000 packages per day, 6 days per week, and is currently only 30% utilized. We have historically been able to fill 95% of units ordered within an average of 1.7 business days.

We operate 3 customer service call centers, and all of our staff are linked to the same network and customer database. Over 90% of these customer service staff are horse enthusiasts, which gives them a unique ability to answer the questions customers may have about our products. This has helped us to achieve a low cost per order and high customer satisfaction

A-22

Michael Bruns CFO

I would now like to introduce you to Michael Bruns, our CFO, who can take you through the financials in more detail.

A-23

Financial Highlights 30 Year Operating History Focus on Growth and Profitability Ability to Leverage Infrastructure Across Channels

Dover Saddlery is a company that has an established 30 year track record. We know our market, our customers, and our model very well, and are focused on growth and profitability for our investors. As Jonathan mentioned, we have our infrastructure in place to support this growth, and have a unique ability to leverage it across our multiple channels.

A-24

Revenue $ Millions 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004 2005 Direct 29.9 31.9 41 50 52.2 26 27 Retail 2.7 2.7 1.7 2.5 6.5 2.6 3.6 Retail Stores Direct $42.7 $52.5 $58.7 $28.6 $30.6 1st Half

As you can see on this chart, our revenue growth highlights the power of our multi-channel marketing. Our compound annual growth rate for total revenues has been 17.3% from 2002 to 2004. Our direct revenue has grown at a 15.0% compounded rate, and our retail channel has grown at a 41.9% rate, driven by new store openings in October 2002 and April 2004.

As we continue on our strategic retail store expansion, we expect that retail stores as a percentage of revenues will continue to increase. We opened our new store in Plaistow in April of this year and the revenues for the first half of 2005 include $1.5 million of revenues generated in only 2.5 months from our new store.

A-25

EBITDA $ Millions $4.2 $4.8 $5.3 $2.5 $2.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004 2005 Direct 4.2 3.4 4.2 4.8 5.3 2.5 2.3 1st Half

We use EBITDA as a key measure in evaluating the financial performance of our business. As this chart demonstrates, we have also continued to increase EBITDA.

Our revenue growth, combined with our careful management of gross profit and expenses, have produced increasing earnings in 2003 and 2004.

In 2005, we opened the Plaistow store in the second quarter. This resulted in a slightly lower EBITDA for the first six months of 2005, due primarily to pre-opening costs and increased advertising and catalog expenses related to the store opening. New stores cause some fluctuations, or “lumpiness” in our earnings due to store opening costs, and in our revenues due to spikes after opening. We expect this lumpiness to continue throughout our retail expansion.

A-26

2004 Revenue Mix Products 1st Qtr Saddles 52 Specialized 32 Horse 13 Misc 3 52% 32% Saddles and Tack 13% Specialized Apparel Horse Care, Stable Products 3% Misc. 1st Qtr Direct 89 Retail 11 89% 11% Direct Retail Stores Quarters 1st Qtr Q1 24 Q2 25 Q3 23 Q4 28 24% 25% Q1 28% 23% Q4 Q2 Q3

Our product mix consists of a broad offering of products in saddles and tack, specialized apparel and horse care and stable products. This comprehensive offering is one of the reasons that we believe that Dover is a leading source for serious equestrians. This mix has been fairly consistent in our history, as many of our products are need-based and there is a relatively low level of changing fashions and technology to the business.

This IPO is a critical portion of our strategic plan to accelerate our retail store expansion. Our store and channel optimization strategy involves increasing our store revenue percentage significantly from the 11% which we achieved in 2004.

Our revenues are consistent over the course of the year. We have not, therefore, experienced the operational problems related to a highly seasonal business experience by many other retailers.

A-27

Balance Sheet Highlights Cash $ 51 $ 51 Inventory $ 10,275 $ 10,275 Total Assets $ 29,768 $ 29,685 Total Current Liabilities $ 4,066 $ 4,066 Total Debt $ 15,594 $ 7,005 Total Equity $ 10,107 $ 18,614 June 30th, 2005 (Unaudited) Pro Forma for IPO $ Thousands (excluding current portion of debt)

Allow me to highlight some of the components of our Balance Sheet. Our investment in inventory is one of our key competitive strengths for offering a broad and deep selection of products to maximize customer satisfaction. Our sophisticated inventory management system has enabled us to turn our inventory quickly, at approximately 4.2x per year, and we have already built a rapid and efficient replenishment process to support both existing and new retail stores.

Our assets include $2.1 million of prepaid catalog costs. We believe that catalog mailings have been absolutely critical in driving sales to both direct and retail channels, and we plan to continue to invest in our catalogs.

Our current liabilities consist mostly of accounts payable and accrued expenses from the normal course of business. We maintain positive working relationships with a broad vendor base.

Operating cash flow and debt have been financing our growth. We have maintained excellent relations with our lenders in managing our debt levels, and we just entered into new agreements. Debt will continue to be a component of growth capital in the future.

The second column is adjusted for the proceeds of this offering.

A-28

Business Model Revenues 100.0% Retail Stores 11.1% Direct 88.9% Gross Margin - Net 37.2% Marketing 12.7% SG&A 16.5% EBITDA Margin 9.0% Operating Margin 8.0% Net Profit Margin 3.2% 2004

Our business model as presented here reflects the results achieved in 2004 and is relatively consistent with our historical performance. It shows the fundamental opportunity for revenue growth in our retail channel, with only 11.1% of revenues in 2004.

Our marketing costs represent both catalog and advertising expenses used to drive our revenue growth. We have demonstrated our ability to grow revenues and actually decrease our marketing cost as a percentage of revenue in areas where we have launched a retail location.

In summary, as our model and our financial results indicate, we have maintained solid operating margins while growing both our direct and our retail channels, resulting in increased value for our shareholders. Our investment in infrastructure, both people and assets, has uniquely positioned us to leverage our competitive strengths and execute our retail expansion.

A-29

Direct Marketing Retail Sales Listen to Our Customers Offer Value, Quality Keyword Purchasing Search Engine, eMail Marketing New Catalog Customers Within Retail Areas 50 Initial Locations Optimized Store Formats Clearly Defined Growth Strategy Penetrate Western Equestrian Market Enhance Product Mix Grow Direct Sales Expand Retail Presence

As Michael mentioned, our goal is to achieve growth and profitability for our investors. We’ve clearly outlined a strategy for doing this.

We plan to expand our retail presence by developing a presence in the locations and formats that our store optimization model identifies.

We plan to continue to grow our direct sales through initiatives such as keyword purchasing, search engine placement, email marketing, and identifying new catalog customers within our retail store areas.

We will continue to enhance our product mix by listening to our customers, and making sure every item we offer them is both of high value and consistent with our image of being a leading source for equestrian products.

And finally, we believe there is an opportunity to penetrate the Western equestrian market through both direct and retail sales efforts. The number of Western-style riders is believed to be at least four times the number of English-style riders, and with our acquisition of Smith Brothers we’re already making progress in this market.

A-30

Board David Powers Founder James Powers Founder Gregory Mulligan William Meagher Experienced Team Management Stephen Day President and CEO Jonathan Grylls COO William Schmidt VP Operations Michael Bruns CFO Direct Marketing Retail Equestrian + + SeaView Capital Arthur Andersen

This is a team that has substantial experience in the three key areas I believe you need for success: direct marketing, retail, and equestrian.

We have tremendous confidence in our ability; and have demonstrated that we can execute on this strategy.

A-31

Clear Market Leader Demonstrated Multi-Channel Success Significant Retail Opportunity Experienced Team Scalable Infrastructure Making Clear Strides in the Equestrian Market

We believe that Dover Saddlery presents a compelling investment opportunity right now.

We are the leader in our market, and have the unique ability to drive revenue across channels. We have a significant opportunity to expand our retail presence, and have the scalable infrastructure and team to make it successful.

A-32

A-33

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

          The following table sets forth the fees and expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered (excluding the underwriting discount). Except for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fee, all amounts are estimates.

	Amount to be
	Paid
SEC registration fee	$	4,738
NASD filing fee	$	4,500
Nasdaq National Market listing fee	$	100,000
Legal fees and expenses	$	500,000
Accounting fees and expenses	$	250,000
Printing expenses	$	150,000
Transfer and registrar fee	$	15,000
Miscellaneous	$	25,762
Total	$	1,050,000

*  To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers

          Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation law empowers a Delaware corporation to indemnify its officers and directors and certain other persons to the extent and under the circumstances set forth therein.

          The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Registrant, copies of which are incorporated by reference herein, respectively, provide for indemnification of officers and Directors of the Registrant and certain other persons against liabilities and expenses incurred by any of them in certain stated proceedings and under certain stated conditions.

          The above discussion of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws and Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law is not intended to be exhaustive and is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws and the Delaware statute.

          The Registrant will agree to indemnify the underwriter and their controlling persons, and the underwriter will agree to indemnify the Registrant and its controlling persons, including directors and executive officers of the Registrant, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Reference is made to the form of the Underwriting Agreement that will be filed as part of the Exhibits hereto.

          For information regarding the Registrant’s undertaking to submit to adjudication the issue of indemnification for violation of the securities laws. See Item 17 hereof.

II-1

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

          Set forth below is information regarding notes issued, and options granted, by us within the past three years. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us for such notes and options and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

          On December 11, 2003, in exchange for $3,500,000, we issued a Senior Secured Subordinated Note due March 11, 2007 to Wilton Funding, LLC, an affiliate of Patriot Capital Funding, Inc. On September 16, 2005, such note was paid in full from proceeds obtained through the issuance of a new Senior Secured Subordinated Note. This new note was issued to Patriot Capital Funding, LLC I for a principal amount of $8,050,000 and is due September 16, 2009. No underwriter was involved in the sales of such notes and such notes were issued in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder, to the extent exemptions from such registration were required.

          From the period beginning October 25, 2002 through October 24, 2005, we have granted stock options under our 1999 Stock Option Plan for an aggregate of 150,524 shares of common stock (net of exercises, expirations and cancellations) at exercise prices ranging from $1.94 to $2.14 per share. During the same period, options to purchase 280,711 shares of common stock were exercised. On September 16, 2005, we issued a warrant to purchase common stock to Patriot Capital Funding, Inc. exercisable for up to 30,974 shares at a price of $0.00759 per share. The issuances of such stock options and the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise thereof were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 3(b) of the Securities Act and Rule 701 promulgated thereunder and the warrant was issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

Number			Description
	*1	.1	Form of Underwriting Agreement
	**3	.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
	**3	.2	Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
	3	.3	Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be filed upon completion of this offering
	**3	.4	By-laws of the Registrant
	**3	.5	Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant to be effective upon completion of this offering
	**4	.1	Shareholders Agreement, dated as of September 17, 1998, by and among the Registrant, Stephen L. Day, Jonathan A.R. Grylls, David Post, Donald Motsenbocker, Thomas Gaines, David J. Powers, James F. Powers, and Michele R. Powers
	**4	.2	First Amendment to Shareholders Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2003, by and among the Registrant, Stephen L. Day, Jonathan A.R. Grylls, David Post, Thomas Gaines, David J. Powers, James F. Powers, and Michele R. Powers
	**4	.3	Second Amendment to Shareholders Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2005, by and among a majority in interest of the Purchasers (as defined therein) and a majority in interest of the Sellers (as defined therein)

II-2

Number			Description
	**4	.4	Instrument of accession, dated as of September 16, 2005, signed by Citizens Ventures, Inc. and accepted by the Registrant, to that certain Shareholders Agreement, dated as of September 17, 1998, by and among the Registrant and the Shareholders referenced therein, as amended
	4	.5	Form of Common Stock Certificate
	**4	.6	Warrant to purchase common stock of the Registrant issued to Patriot Capital Funding, Inc.
	**4	.7	Amended and Restated 11.50% Senior Secured Subordinated Note, dated September 16, 2005, issued jointly by the Registrant, Dover Massachusetts and Smith Brothers, Inc. to Patriot Capital Funding, LLC I
	*5	.1	Opinion of Bingham McCutchen LLP
	*5	.2	Opinion of Preti Flaherty Beliveau Pachios & Haley LLP
	**†10	.1	1999 Stock Option Plan (the “1999 Plan”)
	**†10	.2	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 1999 Plan
	10	.3	2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”)
	10	.4	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Plan
	10	.5	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2005 Plan
	**10	.6	Lease, dated as of May 29, 1997, by and between Dover Massachusetts and CE Holman, LLP
	**10	.7	Lease, dated as of October 12, 2001, by and between David F. Post and Dover Massachusetts
	**10	.8	Lease, dated as of March 1, 2003, by and between Smith Brothers, Inc. and JDS Properties, LLC
	**10	.9	Letter dated February 9, 2005 from the Registrant to JDS Properties, LLC regarding lease extension
	**10	.10	Lease, dated as of June 22, 2002, by and between Hockessin Square, L.L.C. and Dover Massachusetts
	**10	.11	Letter dated January 25, 2005 from the Registrant to Hockessin Square, L.L.C. regarding lease extension
	**10	.12	Lease, dated as of November 24, 2003, by and between North Conway Holdings, Inc. and Dover Massachusetts
	**10	.13	Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 1998, by and among the Registrant, James F. Powers, David J. Powers and Michele R. Powers
	**10	.14	First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 1998, by and among the Registrant, James F. Powers, David J. Powers and Michele R. Powers
	**10	.15	Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 17, 1998, by and among the Registrant, James F. Powers, David J. Powers and Michele R. Powers
	**10	.16	Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2003, by and between Dover Massachusetts and Fleet National Bank
	**10	.17	Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2003, by and between Dover Massachusetts and Fleet National Bank
	**10	.18	Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2003, by and between Dover Massachusetts and Fleet National Bank
	**10	.19	Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Fleet National Bank
	**10	.20	Shareholder Pledge Agreement, dated as of September 17, 1998, by and among Stephen L. Day, Jonathan A.R. Grylls, David J. Powers, James F. Powers, Michele R. Powers and BankBoston, N.A.

II-3

Number			Description
	**10	.21	Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated as of December 11, 2003, by Dover Massachusetts for the benefit of Fleet National Bank
	**10	.22	Letter agreement, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and between Dover Massachusetts and Bank of America, N.A. (successor by merger to Fleet National Bank)
	**10	.23	Security Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2003, by and between Smith Brothers, Inc. and Fleet National Bank
	**10	.24	Guaranty, dated as of December 11, 2003, by Smith Brothers, Inc. to Fleet National Bank
	**10	.25	Redemption Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2005, by and between the Registrant and Citizens Ventures, Inc.
	**10	.26	Letter agreement, dated as of September 14, 2005, by and between the Registrant and Citizens Ventures, Inc., amending that certain Redemption Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2005, by and between the Registrant and Citizens Ventures, Inc.
	**10	.27	License Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2003, by and between Weatherbeeta PTY LTD and the Registrant
	**10	.28	Settlement Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2003, by and between Libertyville Saddle Shop, Inc. and the Registrant
	**10	.29	Employment Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2005, by and between Stephen L. Day and the Registrant
	**10	.30	Employment Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2005, by and between Jonathan A.R. Grylls and the Registrant
	**10	.31	Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among Bank of America, N.A. (successor by merger to Fleet National Bank), Patriot Capital Funding, Inc. (successor in interest to Wilton Funding, LLC) and Dover Massachusetts, acknowledged by the Registrant and Smith Brothers, Inc.
	**10	.32	Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among the Registrant, Dover Massachusetts, Smith Brothers, Inc., Patriot Capital Funding, Inc. and the Purchasers referenced therein
	**10	.33	Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among the Registrant, Dover Massachusetts, Smith Brothers, Inc. and Patriot Capital Funding, Inc.
	**14	.1	Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
	**21	.1	Subsidiaries of the Registrant
	*23	.1	Consent of Bingham McCutchen LLP
	23	.2	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
	**24	.1	Power of Attorney
	**99	.1	Consent of William F. Meagher, Jr.

*	To be filed by amendment
**	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on August 26, 2005 or Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on October 5, 2005

†  Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

          All schedules have been omitted because they are not required or because the required information is given in the financial statements or notes to those statements.

II-4

Item 17. Undertakings

          The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

          The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5

SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Boston, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on this 25th day of October, 2005.

Dover Saddlery, Inc.
By:	/s/ Stephen L. Day
	Stephen L. Day President and Chief Executive Officer

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Stephen L. Day Stephen L. Day		President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)	October 25, 2005
/s/ Jonathan A.R. Grylls Jonathan A.R. Grylls		Chief Operating Officer and Director	October 25, 2005
/s/ Michael W. Bruns Michael W. Bruns		Chief Financial Officer (principal accounting and financial officer)	October 25, 2005
* David J. Powers		Director	October 25, 2005
* James F. Powers		Director	October 25, 2005
* Gregory F. Mulligan		Director	October 25, 2005
*By:	/s/ Stephen L. Day Stephen L. Day Attorney-in-Fact
*By:	/s/ Jonathan A.R. Grylls Jonathan A.R. Grylls Attorney-in-Fact

II-6

EXHIBIT INDEX

Number			Description
	*1	.1	Form of Underwriting Agreement
	**3	.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
	**3	.2	Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
	3	.3	Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be filed upon completion of this offering
	**3	.4	By-laws of the Registrant
	**3	.5	Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant to be effective upon completion of this offering
	**4	.1	Shareholders Agreement, dated as of September 17, 1998, by and among the Registrant, Stephen L. Day, Jonathan A.R. Grylls, David Post, Donald Motsenbocker, Thomas Gaines, David J. Powers, James F. Powers, and Michele R. Powers
	**4	.2	First Amendment to Shareholders Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2003, by and among the Registrant, Stephen L. Day, Jonathan A.R. Grylls, David Post, Thomas Gaines, David J. Powers, James F. Powers, and Michele R. Powers
	**4	.3	Second Amendment to Shareholders Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2005, by and among a majority in interest of the Purchasers (as defined therein) and a majority in interest of the Sellers (as defined therein)
	**4	.4	Instrument of accession, dated as of September 16, 2005, signed by Citizens Ventures, Inc. and accepted by the Registrant, to that certain Shareholders Agreement, dated as of September 17, 1998, by and among the Registrant and the Shareholders referenced therein, as amended
	4	.5	Form of Common Stock Certificate
	**4	.6	Warrant to purchase common stock of the Registrant issued to Patriot Capital Funding, Inc.
	**4	.7	Amended and Restated 11.50% Senior Secured Subordinated Note, dated September 16, 2005, issued jointly by the Registrant, Dover Massachusetts and Smith Brothers, Inc. to Patriot Capital Funding, LLC I
	*5	.1	Opinion of Bingham McCutchen LLP
	*5	.2	Opinion of Preti Flaherty Beliveau Pachios & Haley LLP
	**†10	.1	1999 Stock Option Plan (the “1999 Plan”)
	**†10	.2	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 1999 Plan
	10	.3	2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”)
	10	.4	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Plan
	10	.5	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2005 Plan
	**10	.6	Lease, dated as of May 29, 1997, by and between Dover Massachusetts and CE Holman, LLP
	**10	.7	Lease, dated as of October 12, 2001, by and between David F. Post and Dover Massachusetts
	**10	.8	Lease, dated as of March 1, 2003, by and between Smith Brothers, Inc. and JDS Properties, LLC
	**10	.9	Letter dated February 9, 2005 from the Registrant to JDS Properties, LLC regarding lease extension
	**10	.10	Lease, dated as of June 22, 2002, by and between Hockessin Square, L.L.C. and Dover Massachusetts
	**10	.11	Letter dated January 25, 2005 from the Registrant to Hockessin Square, L.L.C. regarding lease extension
	**10	.12	Lease, dated as of November 24, 2003, by and between North Conway Holdings, Inc. and Dover Massachusetts

Number			Description
	**10	.13	Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 1998, by and among the Registrant, James F. Powers, David J. Powers and Michele R. Powers
	**10	.14	First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 1998, by and among the Registrant, James F. Powers, David J. Powers and Michele R. Powers
	**10	.15	Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 17, 1998, by and among the Registrant, James F. Powers, David J. Powers and Michele R. Powers
	**10	.16	Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2003, by and between Dover Massachusetts and Fleet National Bank
	**10	.17	Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2003, by and between Dover Massachusetts and Fleet National Bank
	**10	.18	Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2003, by and between Dover Massachusetts and Fleet National Bank
	**10	.19	Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2003, by and between the Registrant and Fleet National Bank
	**10	.20	Shareholder Pledge Agreement, dated as of September 17, 1998, by and among Stephen L. Day, Jonathan A.R. Grylls, David J. Powers, James F. Powers, Michele R. Powers and BankBoston, N.A.
	**10	.21	Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated as of December 11, 2003, by Dover Massachusetts for the benefit of Fleet National Bank
	**10	.22	Letter agreement, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and between Dover Massachusetts and Bank of America, N.A. (successor by merger to Fleet National Bank)
	**10	.23	Security Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2003, by and between Smith Brothers, Inc. and Fleet National Bank
	**10	.24	Guaranty, dated as of December 11, 2003, by Smith Brothers, Inc. to Fleet National Bank
	**10	.25	Redemption Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2005, by and between the Registrant and Citizens Ventures, Inc.
	**10	.26	Letter agreement, dated as of September 14, 2005, by and between the Registrant and Citizens Ventures, Inc., amending that certain Redemption Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2005, by and between the Registrant and Citizens Ventures, Inc.
	**10	.27	License Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2003, by and between Weatherbeeta PTY LTD and the Registrant
	**10	.28	Settlement Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2003, by and between Libertyville Saddle Shop, Inc. and the Registrant
	**10	.29	Employment Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2005, by and between Stephen L. Day and the Registrant
	**10	.30	Employment Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2005, by and between Jonathan A.R. Grylls and the Registrant
	**10	.31	Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among Bank of America, N.A. (successor by merger to Fleet National Bank), Patriot Capital Funding, Inc. (successor in interest to Wilton Funding, LLC) and Dover Massachusetts, acknowledged by the Registrant and Smith Brothers, Inc.
	**10	.32	Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among the Registrant, Dover Massachusetts, Smith Brothers, Inc., Patriot Capital Funding, Inc. and the Purchasers referenced therein
	**10	.33	Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among the Registrant, Dover Massachusetts, Smith Brothers, Inc. and Patriot Capital Funding, Inc.
	**14	.1	Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
	**21	.1	Subsidiaries of the Registrant
	*23	.1	Consent of Bingham McCutchen LLP

Number			Description
	23	.2	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
	**24	.1	Power of Attorney
	**99	.1	Consent of William F. Meagher, Jr.

*	To be filed by amendment
**	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on August 26, 2005 or Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on October 5, 2005

 †  Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

EX-3.3

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.3

                           SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                             DOVER SADDLERY, INC.

     Incorporated pursuant to a Certificate of Incorporation initially filed
     with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 31, 1998
                       Under the Name Dover Saddlery, Inc.

      Dover Saddlery, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), hereby
certifies that this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has
been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242, and
245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL"), and
notice thereof has been given in accordance with the provisions of Section 228
of the DGCL:

      FIRST:      The name of the Corporation is Dover Saddlery, Inc.

      SECOND:     The address of the Corporation's registered office in the
State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street,
Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.  The registered agent in
charge thereof is The Corporation Trust Company.

      THIRD:      The nature of the business and purposes to be conducted or
promoted by the Corporation are as follows:

      To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be
      organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

      FOURTH:     The total number of shares of all classes of stock which
the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 16,000,000 shares,
consisting solely of:

      15,000,000  shares of common stock, par value $.0001 per share ("Common
                  Stock"); and

      1,000,000   shares of preferred stock, par value $.0001 per share
                  ("Preferred Stock").

      The following is a statement of the powers, designations, preferences,
privileges, and relative rights in respect of each class of capital stock of the
Corporation.

      A.    COMMON STOCK.

      1.    General.    The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the
holders of Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the
holders of Preferred Stock.

      2.    Voting.     The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote
for each share held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in
lieu of meetings).  There shall be no cumulative voting.

      3. Dividends. Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from
funds lawfully available therefor if, as and when determined by the board of
directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors") and subject to any
preferential dividend rights of any then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

      4. Liquidation. Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation,
whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to
receive all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its
stockholders, subject to any preferential rights of any then outstanding shares
of Preferred Stock.

      B.    PREFERRED STOCK.

      Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more
series, each of such series to have such powers, designations, preferences, and
relative, participating, optional, or other special rights, if any, and such
qualifications and restrictions, if any, of such preferences and rights, as are
stated or expressed in the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors
providing for such series of Preferred Stock. Different series of Preferred
Stock shall not be construed to constitute different classes of shares for the
purposes of voting by classes unless expressly so provided in such resolution or
resolutions.

      Authority is hereby granted to the Board of Directors from time to time to
issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and in connection with the
creation of any such series, by resolution or resolutions to determine and fix
the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or
other special rights, if any, and the qualifications and restrictions, if any,
of such preferences and rights, including without limitation dividend rights,
conversion rights, voting rights (if any), redemption privileges, and
liquidation preferences, of such series of Preferred Stock (which need not be
uniform among series), all to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by
the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or
resolutions providing for the creation or issuance of any series of Preferred
Stock may provide that such series shall be superior to, rank equally with, or
be junior to the Preferred Stock of any other series, all to the fullest extent
permitted by law. No resolution, vote, or consent of the holders of the capital
stock of the Corporation shall be required in connection with the creation or
issuance of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock authorized by and
complying with the conditions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation, the right to any such resolution,

vote, or consent being expressly waived by all present and future holders of the
capital stock of the Corporation.

      Any resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant
to the authority vested in them by this Article Fourth shall be set forth in a
certificate of designation along with the number of shares of stock of such
series as to which the resolution or resolutions shall apply and such
certificate shall be executed, acknowledged, filed, recorded, and shall become
effective, in accordance with Section 103 of the DGCL. Unless otherwise provided
in any such resolution or resolutions, the number of shares of stock of any such
series to which such resolution or resolutions apply may be increased (but not
above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decreased (but not
below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by a certificate likewise
executed, acknowledged, filed and recorded, setting forth a statement that a
specified increase or decrease therein has been authorized and directed by a
resolution or resolutions likewise adopted by the Board of Directors. In case
the number of such shares shall be decreased, the number of shares so specified
in the certificate shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption
of the first resolution or resolutions. When no shares of any such class or
series are outstanding, either because none were issued or because none remain
outstanding, a certificate setting forth a resolution or resolutions adopted by
the Board of Directors that none of the authorized shares of such class or
series are outstanding, and that none will be issued subject to the certificate
of designations previously filed with respect to such class or series, may be
executed, acknowledged, filed and recorded in the same manner as previously
described and it shall have the effect of eliminating from the certificate of
incorporation all matters set forth in the certificate of designations with
respect to such class or series of stock. If no shares of any such class or
series established by a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of
Directors have been issued, the voting powers, designations, preferences and
relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, with the
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, may be amended by a
resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. In the even of any
such amendment, a certificate which (i) states that no shares of such class or
series have been issued, (ii) sets forth the copy of the amending resolution or
resolutions and (iii) if the designation of such class or series is being
changed, indicates the original designation and the new designation, shall be
executed, acknowledged, filed, recorded, and shall become effective, in
accordance with Section 103 of the DGCL.

      FIFTH: The following provisions are inserted for the management of the
business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation and for defining
and regulating the powers of the Corporation and its directors and stockholders
and are in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon the
Corporation by statute:

            (a) The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes of
      directors, as determined by the Board of Directors, such classes to be as
      nearly equal in number of directors as possible, having staggered
      three-year terms of office, the term of office of the directors of the
      first such class to expire as of the first annual meeting of the
      Corporation's stockholders following the closing of the Corporation's
      first public

      offering of shares of Common Stock registered pursuant to the Securities
      Act of 1933, as amended, those of the second class to expire as of the
      second annual meeting of the Corporation's stockholders following such
      closing, and those of the third class as of the third annual meeting of
      the Corporation's stockholders following such closing, such that at each
      annual meeting of stockholders after such closing, nominees will stand for
      election to succeed those directors whose terms are to expire as of such
      meeting. Any director serving as such pursuant to this paragraph (b) of
      Article FIFTH may be removed only for cause and only by the vote of the
      holders of a majority of the shares of the Corporation's stock entitled to
      vote for the election of directors.

            (b) The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority: (i)
      to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws of the Corporation, subject only to such
      limitations, if any, as may be from time to time be imposed by other
      provisions of this Certificate, by law, or by the By-Laws; and (ii) to the
      full extent permitted or not prohibited by law, and without the consent of
      or other action by the stockholders, to authorize or create mortgage,
      pledges or other liens or encumbrances upon any or all of the assets,
      real, personal or mixed, and franchises of the Corporation, including
      after-acquired property, and to exercise all of the powers of the
      Corporation in connection therewith.

      SIXTH: No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the
Corporation or to any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such
liability; provided, however, that to the extent required from time to time by
applicable law, this Article Sixth shall not eliminate or limit the liability of
a director, to the extent such liability is provided by applicable law, (i) for
any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its
stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of
Title 8 of the Delaware Code, or (iv) for any transactions from which the
director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this
Article Sixth shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged
liability of any director for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such
director occurring prior to the effective date of such amendment or repeal.

      SEVENTH: The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section
145 of the DGCL, as amended from time to time, indemnify each person who was or
is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was, or has agreed to become,
a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to
serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer or trustee of,
or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan), or by reason of
any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all
expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgements, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by

him or on his behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any
appeal therefrom.

      Indemnification may include payment by the Corporation of expenses in
defending an action or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such
action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by the person indemnified to
repay such payment if it is ultimately determined that such person is not
entitled to indemnification under this Article Seventh, which undertaking may be
accepted without reference to the financial ability of such person to make such
repayment.

      The Corporation shall not indemnify any such person seeking
indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by
such person unless the initiation thereof was approved by the Board of
Directors.

      The indemnification rights provided in this Article Seventh (i) shall not
be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be
entitled under any law, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested
directors or otherwise, and (ii) shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such persons. The Corporation may, to the extent
authorized from time to time by its Board of Directors, grant indemnification
rights to other employees or agents of the Corporation or other persons serving
the Corporation and such rights may be equivalent to, or greater or less than,
those set forth in this Article Seventh.

      EIGHTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the
Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the
Corporation and its stockholders or any Class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary
way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the
provisions of Section 391 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application
of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the
Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code,
order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the
stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to
be summoned in such a manner as the said court directs. If a majority of the
number representing three-fourths (3/4ths) in value of the creditors or class of
creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the
Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to
any reorganization of the Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or
arrangement, the compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if
sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding
on all creditors or class of creditors, and/or stockholders or class of
stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the
Corporation.

      NINTH: The Board of Directors, when considering a tender offer or merger
or acquisition proposal, may take into account factors in addition to potential
economic benefits to stockholders, including without limitation (i) comparison
of the proposed

consideration to be received by stockholders in relation to the then current
market price of the Corporation's capital stock, the estimated current value of
the Corporation in a freely negotiated transaction, and the estimated future
value of the Corporation as an independent entity and (ii) the impact of such a
transaction on the employees, suppliers, and customers of the Corporation and
its effect on the communities in which the Corporation operates.

      TENTH: Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of
the Corporation may be taken only at a duly called annual or special meeting of
the stockholders, and not by written consent in lieu of such a meeting, and
special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the Board
of Directors, the President, or a majority of the Board of Directors.

      ELEVENTH: The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 67% of the
outstanding voting stock of the Corporation (in addition to any separate class
vote that may in the future be required pursuant to the terms of any outstanding
Preferred Stock) shall be required to amend or repeal the provisions of Articles
Fourth (only to the extent it relates to the authority of the Board of Directors
to issue shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, the terms of which may
be determined by the Board of Directors), Fifth, Seventh, Ninth, Tenth, or
Eleventh of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or to
reduce the numbers of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock.

             [The remainder of this page is left intentionally blank.]

      Executed on ____________


                                    DOVER SADDLERY, INC.


                                    By: ______________________________________
                                    Name:
                                    Title:

EX-4.5

                                                                     Exhibit 4.5

                              DOVER SADDLERY, INC.
              INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

               COMMON STOCK                       COMMON STOCK

                 NUMBER                              SHARES

THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN              CUSIP 260412 10 1
             NEW YORK, N.Y.              SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS



          THIS CERTIFIES THAT




          IS THE RECORD HOLDER OF

         FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $0.0001
                            PAR VALUE PER SHARE, OF

                              DOVER SADDLERY, INC.

transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized
attorney upon surrender of the Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate
is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the
Registrar.

     Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures
of its duly authorized officers.

DATED

/S/ STEPHEN L. DAY                                     /S/ JONATHAN A.R. GRYLLS
    PRESIDENT                DOVER SADDLERY, INC.               SECRETARY
                                      1998
                                    DELAWARE

                                                                  COUNTERSIGNED:
                                                                STOCK TRANS, INC
                                        44 WEST LANCASTER AVE. ARDMORE, PA 19003
                                                                  TRANSFER AGENT
                                                                   AND REGISTRAR

                                          By               Authorized Signature.




                              DOVER SADDLERY, INC.

      The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of
this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties
JT TEN  - as joint tenants with right of
          survivorship and not as tenants
          in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -  ______________ Custodian  ______________
                         (Cust)                   (Minor)
                     under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                     Act ____________________________________
                                     (State)

UNIF TRF MIN ACT -  ______________ Custodian (until age _____)
                        (Cust)
                    ______________ under Uniform Transfers
                       (Minor)
                    to Minors Act ___________________________
                                            (State)

    Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For Value received, ______________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
   IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

________________________________________________________________________________
                   PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS,
                     INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________


________________________________________________________________________  Shares

of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do(es) hereby
irrevocably constitute and appoint

_______________________________________________________________________ Attorney

to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with
full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated _____________________

                                        X _____________________________________

                                        X _____________________________________

                              NOTICE:   THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST
                                        CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN
                                        UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN
                                        EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION OR
                                        ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.





SIGNATURE(s) GUARANTEED:




BY __________________________________________________________
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR
INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS
AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE
GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17AD-15.

EX-10.3

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.3

                              DOVER SADDLERY, INC.

                           2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

                                                                               .
                                                                               .
                                                                               .
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                               
1.    Purpose........................................................1

2.    Definitions....................................................1

3.    Term of the Plan...............................................5

4.    Stock Subject to the Plan......................................5

5.    Administration.................................................5

6.    Authorization of Grants........................................6

7.    Specific Terms of Awards.......................................7

8.    Adjustment Provisions..........................................13

9.    Settlement of Awards...........................................15

10.   Reservation of Stock...........................................18

11.   Limitation of Rights in Stock; No Special Service Rights.......18

12.   Unfunded Status of Plan........................................18

13.   Nonexclusivity of the Plan.....................................18

14.   Termination and Amendment of the Plan..........................19

15.   Notices and Other Communications...............................19

16.   Governing Law..................................................19



                              DOVER SADDLERY, INC.

                           2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. PURPOSE

      This Plan is intended to encourage ownership of Stock by employees,
consultants and directors of the Company and its Affiliates and to provide
additional incentive for them to promote the success of the Company's business
through the grant of Awards of or pertaining to shares of the Company's Stock.
The Plan is intended to be an incentive stock option plan within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Code, but not all Awards are required to be Incentive
Options.

2. DEFINITIONS

      As used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the following
meanings:

      2.1. Accelerate, Accelerated, and Acceleration, means: (a) when used with
respect to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, that as of the time of
reference the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will become exercisable with
respect to some or all of the shares of Stock for which it was not then
otherwise exercisable by its terms; (b) when used with respect to Restricted
Stock or Restricted Stock Units, that the Risk of Forfeiture otherwise
applicable to the Stock or Units shall expire with respect to some or all of the
shares of Restricted Stock or Units then still otherwise subject to the Risk of
Forfeiture; and (c) when used with respect to Performance Units, that the
applicable Performance Goals shall be deemed to have been met as to some or all
of the Units.

      2.2. Acquisition means a merger or consolidation of the Company into
another person (i.e., which merger or consolidation the Company does not
survive) or the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all
of the Company's assets to one or more other persons in a single transaction or
series of related transactions.

      2.3. Affiliate means any corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, business trust, or other entity controlling, controlled by or under
common control with the Company.

      2.4. Award means any grant or sale pursuant to the Plan of Options, Stock
Appreciation Rights, Performance Units, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock
Units, or Stock Grants.

      2.5. Award Agreement means an agreement between the Company and the
recipient of an Award, setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award.

      2.6.  Board means the Company's Board of Directors.

                                     - 2 -

      2.7.  Change of Control means the occurrence of any of the following
after the date of the approval of the Plan by the Board:

            (a) an Acquisition, unless securities possessing more than 50% of
the total combined voting power of the survivor's or acquiror's outstanding
securities (or the securities of any parent thereof) are held by a person or
persons who held securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined
voting power of the Company's outstanding securities immediately prior to that
transaction, or

            (b) any person or group of persons (within the meaning of Section
13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and in effect from
time to time) directly or indirectly acquires, including but not limited to by
means of a merger or consolidation, beneficial ownership (determined pursuant to
Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the said
Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than 20% of the total combined
voting power of the Company's outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or
exchange offer made directly to the Company's stockholders that the Board does
not recommend such stockholders accept, other than (i) the Company or an
Affiliate, (ii) an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its
Affiliates, (iii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an
employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (iv) an
underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such
securities, or

            (c) over a period of 36 consecutive months or less, there is a
change in the composition of the Board such that a majority of the Board members
(rounded up to the next whole number, if a fraction) ceases, by reason of one or
more proxy contests for the election of Board members, to be composed of
individuals who either (i) have been Board members continuously since the
beginning of that period, or (ii) have been elected or nominated for election as
Board members during such period by at least a majority of the Board members
described in the preceding clause (i) who were still in office at the time that
election or nomination was approved by the Board; or

            (d)   a majority of the Board votes in favor of a decision that a
Change of Control has occurred.

      2.8. Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time, or any successor statute thereto, and any regulations issued from time to
time thereunder.

      2.9. Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board, which in
general is responsible for the administration of the Plan, as provided in
Section 5 of the Plan. For any period during which no such committee is in
existence "Committee" shall mean the Board and all authority and responsibility
assigned to the Committee under the Plan shall be exercised, if at all, by the
Board.

      2.10. Company means Dover Saddlery, Inc., a corporation organized under
the laws of the State of Delaware.

                                     - 3 -


      2.11. Covered Employee means an employee who is a "covered employee"
within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

      2.12. Grant Date means the date as of which an Option is granted, as
determined under Section 7.1(a).

      2.13. Incentive Option means an Option which by its terms is to be treated
as an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

      2.14. Market Value means the value of a share of Stock on a particular
date determined by such methods or procedures as may be established by the
Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Market Value of
Stock as of any date is the closing price for the Stock as reported on the New
York Stock Exchange (or on any other national securities exchange on which the
Stock is then listed) for that date or, if no closing price is reported for that
date, the closing price on the next preceding date for which a closing price was
reported. For purposes of Awards effective as of the effective date of the
Company's initial public offering, Market Value of Stock shall be the price at
which the Company's Stock is offered to the public in its initial public
offering.

      2.15. Nonstatutory Option means any Option that is not an Incentive
Option.

      2.16. Option means an option to purchase shares of Stock.

      2.17. Optionee means a Participant to whom an Option shall have been
granted under the Plan.

      2.18. Participant means any holder of an outstanding Award under the
Plan.

      2.19. Performance Criteria means the criteria that the Committee selects
for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a
Participant for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria used to establish
Performance Goals are limited to: pre- or after-tax net earnings, sales growth,
operating earnings, operating cash flow, return on net assets, return on
stockholders' equity, return on assets, return on capital, Stock price growth,
stockholder returns, gross or net profit margin, earnings per share, price per
share of Stock, and market share, any of which may be measured either in
absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to
results of a peer group. The Committee will, in the manner and within the time
prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code in the case of Qualified
Performance-Based Awards, objectively define the manner of calculating the
Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period for such
Participant.

      2.20. Performance Goals means, for a Performance Period, the written goals
established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the
Performance Criteria. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish
such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of
overall Company performance or the performance of a division, business unit,
subsidiary, or an individual.

                                     - 4 -


      2.21. Performance Period means the one or more periods of time, which may
be of varying and overlapping durations, selected by the Committee, over which
the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for purposes of
determining a Participant's right to, and the payment of, a Performance Unit.

      2.22. Performance Unit means a right granted to a Participant under
Section 7.5, to receive cash, Stock or other Awards, the payment of which is
contingent on achieving Performance Goals established by the Committee.

      2.23. Plan means this 2005 Equity Incentive Plan of the Company, as
amended from time to time, and including any attachments or addenda hereto.

      2.24. Qualified Performance-Based Awards means Awards intended to qualify
as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code.

      2.25. Restricted Stock means a grant or sale of shares of Stock to a
Participant subject to a Risk of Forfeiture.

      2.26. Restricted Stock Units means rights to receive shares of Stock at
the close of a Restriction Period, subject to a Risk of Forfeiture.

      2.27. Restriction Period means the period of time, established by the
Committee in connection with an Award of Restricted Stock, during which the
shares of Restricted Stock are subject to a Risk of Forfeiture described in the
applicable Award Agreement.

      2.28. Risk of Forfeiture means a limitation on the right of the
Participant to retain Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, including a
right in the Company to reacquire shares of Restricted Stock at less than their
then Market Value, arising because of the occurrence or non-occurrence of
specified events or conditions.

      2.29. Stock means common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the
Company, and such other securities as may be substituted for Stock pursuant to
Section 8.

      2.30. Stock Appreciation Right means a right to receive any excess in the
Market Value of shares of Stock (except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2(c))
over a specified exercise price.

      2.31. Stock Grant means the grant of shares of Stock not subject to
restrictions or other forfeiture conditions.

      2.32. Stockholders' Agreement means any agreement by and among the holders
of at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company and
setting forth, among other provisions, restrictions upon the transfer of shares
of Stock or on the exercise of rights appurtenant thereto (including but not
limited to voting rights).

      2.33. Ten Percent Owner means a person who owns, or is deemed within the
meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code to own, stock possessing more than 10%
of the

                                     - 5 -


total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or
any parent or subsidiary corporations of the Company, as defined in Sections
424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code). Whether a person is a Ten Percent
Owner shall be determined with respect to an Option based on the facts existing
immediately prior to the Grant Date of the Option.

3. TERM OF THE PLAN

      Unless the Plan shall have been earlier terminated by the Board, Awards
may be granted under this Plan at any time in the period commencing on the date
of approval of the Plan by the Board and ending immediately prior to the tenth
anniversary of the earlier of the adoption of the Plan by the Board or approval
of the Plan by the Company's stockholders. Awards granted pursuant to the Plan
within that period shall not expire solely by reason of the termination of the
Plan. Awards of Incentive Options granted prior to stockholder approval of the
Plan are expressly conditioned upon such approval, but in the event of the
failure of the stockholders to approve the Plan shall thereafter and for all
purposes be deemed to constitute Nonstatutory Options.

4. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

      At no time shall the number of shares of Stock issued pursuant to or
subject to outstanding Awards granted under the Plan (including pursuant to
Incentive Options), nor the number of shares of Stock issued pursuant to
Incentive Options, exceed 623,544 shares of Stock; subject, however, to the
provisions of Section 8 of the Plan. For purposes of applying the foregoing
limitation, (a) if any Option or Stock Appreciation Right expires, terminates,
or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, or if any
other Award is forfeited by the recipient or repurchased at less than market
value, the shares not purchased by the Optionee or which are forfeited by the
recipient or repurchased shall again be available for Awards to be granted under
the Plan and (b) if any Option is exercised by delivering previously owned
shares in payment of the exercise price therefor, only the net number of shares,
that is, the number of shares issued minus the number received by the Company in
payment of the exercise price, shall be considered to have been issued pursuant
to an Award granted under the Plan. In addition, settlement of any Award shall
not count against the foregoing limitations except to the extent settled in the
form of Stock. Shares of Stock issued pursuant to the Plan may be either
authorized but unissued shares or shares held by the Company in its treasury.

5. ADMINISTRATION

      The Plan shall be administered by the Committee; provided, however, that
at any time, and on any one or more occasions, the Board may itself exercise any
of the powers and responsibilities assigned the Committee under the Plan and,
when so acting, shall have the benefit of all of the provisions of the Plan
pertaining to the Committee's exercise of its authorities hereunder; and
provided further, however, that the Committee may delegate to an executive
officer or officers the authority to grant Awards hereunder to employees who are
not officers, and to consultants, in accordance with such guidelines

                                     - 6 -


as the Committee shall set forth at any time or from time to time. Subject to
the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have complete authority, in its
discretion, to make or to select the manner of making all determinations with
respect to each Award to be granted by the Company under the Plan including the
employee, consultant or director to receive the Award and the form of Award. In
making such determinations, the Committee may take into account the nature of
the services rendered by the respective employees, consultants, and directors,
their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and its
Affiliates, and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem
relevant. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall also have
complete authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules
and regulations relating to it, to determine the terms and provisions of the
respective Award Agreements (which need not be identical), and to make all other
determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The
Committee's determinations made in good faith on matters referred to in the Plan
shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming any
interest under the Plan or an Award made pursuant hereto.

6. AUTHORIZATION OF GRANTS

      6.1. Eligibility. The Committee may grant from time to time and at any
time prior to the termination of the Plan one or more Awards, either alone or in
combination with any other Awards, to any employee of or consultant to one or
more of the Company and its Affiliates or to non-employee member of the Board or
of any board of directors (or similar governing authority) of any Affiliate.
However, only employees of the Company, and of any parent or subsidiary
corporations of the Company, as defined in Sections 424(e) and (f),
respectively, of the Code, shall be eligible for the grant of an Incentive
Option. Further, in no event shall the number of shares of Stock covered by
Options or other Awards granted to any one person in any one calendar year
exceed 50% of the aggregate number of shares of Stock subject to the Plan.

      6.2. General Terms of Awards. Each grant of an Award shall be subject to
all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan (including but not limited to
any specific terms and conditions applicable to that type of Award set out in
the following Section), and such other terms and conditions, not inconsistent
with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee may prescribe. No prospective
Participant shall have any rights with respect to an Award, unless and until
such Participant has executed an agreement evidencing the Award, delivered a
fully executed copy thereof to the Company, and otherwise complied with the
applicable terms and conditions of such Award.

      6.3. Effect of Termination of Employment, Etc. Unless the Committee shall
provide otherwise with respect to any Award, if the Participant's employment or
other association with the Company and its Affiliates ends for any reason,
including because of the Participant's employer ceasing to be an Affiliate, (a)
any outstanding Option or SAR of the Participant shall cease to be exercisable
in any respect not later than 90 days following that event and, for the period
it remains exercisable following that event, shall be exercisable only to the
extent exercisable at the date of that event, and (b) any other

                                     - 7 -


outstanding Award of the Participant shall be forfeited or otherwise subject to
return to or repurchase by the Company on the terms specified in the applicable
Award Agreement. Military or sick leave or other bona fide leave shall not be
deemed a termination of employment or other association, provided that it does
not exceed the longer of ninety (90) days or the period during which the absent
Participant's reemployment rights, if any, are guaranteed by statute or by
contract.

      6.4. Non-Transferability of Awards. Except as otherwise provided in this
Section 6.4, Awards shall not be transferable, and no Award or interest therein
may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or
hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All
of a Participant's rights in any Award may be exercised during the life of the
Participant only by the Participant or the Participant's legal representative.
However, the Committee may, at or after the grant of an Award of a Nonstatutory
Option, or shares of Restricted Stock, provide that such Award may be
transferred by the recipient to a family member; provided, however, that any
such transfer is without payment of any consideration whatsoever and that no
transfer shall be valid unless first approved by the Committee, acting in its
sole discretion. For this purpose, "family member" means any child, stepchild,
grandchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew,
mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or
sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the
employee's household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which the
foregoing persons have more than fifty (50) percent of the beneficial interests,
a foundation in which the foregoing persons (or the Participant) control the
management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the
Participant) own more than fifty (50) percent of the voting interests.

7. SPECIFIC TERMS OF AWARDS

      7.1.  Options.

            (a) Date of Grant. The granting of an Option shall take place at the
time specified in the Award Agreement. Only if expressly so provided in the
applicable Award Agreement shall the Grant Date be the date on which the Award
Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and the
Optionee.

            (b) Exercise Price. The price at which shares of Stock may be
acquired under each Incentive Option shall be not less than 100% of the Market
Value of Stock on the Grant Date, or not less than 110% of the Market Value of
Stock on the Grant Date if the Optionee is a Ten Percent Owner. The price at
which shares may be acquired under each Nonstatutory Option shall not be so
limited solely by reason of this Section.

            (c) Option Period. No Incentive Option may be exercised on or after
the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, or on or after the fifth anniversary of
the Grant Date if the Optionee is a Ten Percent Owner. The Option period under
each Nonstatutory Option shall not be so limited solely by reason of this
Section.

                                     - 8 -


            (d) Exercisability. An Option may be immediately exercisable or
become exercisable in such installments, cumulative or non-cumulative, as the
Committee may determine. In the case of an Option not otherwise immediately
exercisable in full, the Committee may Accelerate such Option in whole or in
part at any time; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Option,
any such Acceleration of the Option would not cause the Option to fail to comply
with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code or the Optionee consents to the
Acceleration.

            (e) Method of Exercise. An Option may be exercised by the Optionee
giving written notice, in the manner provided in Section 15, specifying the
number of shares with respect to which the Option is then being exercised. The
notice shall be accompanied by payment in the form of cash or check payable to
the order of the Company in an amount equal to the exercise price of the shares
to be purchased or, subject in each instance to the Committee's approval, acting
in its sole discretion, and to such conditions, if any, as the Committee may
deem necessary to avoid adverse accounting effects to the Company, by delivery
to the Company of

                  (i) shares of Stock having a Market Value equal to
      the exercise price of the shares to be purchased, or

                  (ii) unless prohibited by applicable law, the Optionee's
      executed promissory note in the principal amount equal to the exercise
      price of the shares to be purchased and otherwise in such form as the
      Committee shall have approved.

If the Stock is traded on an established market, payment of any exercise price
may also be made through and under the terms and conditions of any formal
cashless exercise program authorized by the Company entailing the sale of the
Stock subject to an Option in a brokered transaction (other than to the
Company). Receipt by the Company of such notice and payment in any authorized or
combination of authorized means shall constitute the exercise of the Option.
Within thirty (30) days thereafter but subject to the remaining provisions of
the Plan, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Optionee or
his agent a certificate or certificates for the number of shares then being
purchased. Such shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

            (f) Limit on Incentive Option Characterization. An Incentive Option
shall be considered to be an Incentive Option only to the extent that the number
of shares of Stock for which the Option first becomes exercisable in a calendar
year do not have an aggregate Market Value (as of the date of the grant of the
Option) in excess of the "current limit". The current limit for any Optionee for
any calendar year shall be $100,000 minus the aggregate Market Value at the date
of grant of the number of shares of Stock available for purchase for the first
time in the same year under each other Incentive Option previously granted to
the Optionee under the Plan, and under each other incentive stock option
previously granted to the Optionee under any other incentive stock option plan
of the Company and its Affiliates, after December 31, 1986. Any shares of Stock
which would cause the foregoing limit to be violated shall be deemed to have
been

                                     - 9 -


granted under a separate Nonstatutory Option, otherwise identical in its terms
to those of the Incentive Option.

            (g) Notification of Disposition. Each person exercising any
Incentive Option granted under the Plan shall be deemed to have covenanted with
the Company to report to the Company any disposition of such shares prior to the
expiration of the holding periods specified by Section 422(a)(1) of the Code
and, if and to the extent that the realization of income in such a disposition
imposes upon the Company federal, state, local or other withholding tax
requirements, or any such withholding is required to secure for the Company an
otherwise available tax deduction, to remit to the Company an amount in cash
sufficient to satisfy those requirements.

      7.2.  Stock Appreciation Rights.

            (a) Tandem or Stand-Alone. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted
in tandem with an Option (at or, in the case of a Nonstatutory Option, after,
the award of the Option), or alone and unrelated to an Option. Stock
Appreciation Rights in tandem with an Option shall terminate to the extent that
the related Option is exercised, and the related Option shall terminate to the
extent that the tandem Stock Appreciation Rights are exercised.

            (b) Exercise Price. Stock Appreciation Rights shall have an exercise
price of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the Market Value of the Stock on
the date of award, or in the case of Stock Appreciation Rights in tandem with
Options, the exercise price of the related Option.

            (c) Other Terms. Except as the Committee may deem inappropriate or
inapplicable in the circumstances, Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to
terms and conditions substantially similar to those applicable to a Nonstatutory
Option. In addition, an SAR related to an Option which can only be exercised
during limited periods following a Change of Control may entitle the Participant
to receive an amount based upon the highest price paid or offered for Stock in
any transaction relating to the Change of Control or paid during the thirty (30)
day period immediately preceding the occurrence of the Change of Control in any
transaction reported in the stock market in which the Stock is normally traded.

      7.3.  Restricted Stock.

            (a)   Purchase Price.  Shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued
under the Plan for such consideration, in cash, other property or services,
or any combination thereof, as is determined by the Committee.

            (b) Issuance of Certificates. Each Participant receiving a
Restricted Stock Award, subject to subsection (c) below, shall be issued a stock
certificate in respect of such shares of Restricted Stock. Such certificate
shall be registered in the name of such Participant, and, if applicable, shall
bear an appropriate legend referring to the

                                     - 10 -


terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award substantially in
the following form:

      The transferability of this certificate and the shares represented by this
      certificate are subject to the terms and conditions of the Dover Saddlery,
      Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and an Award Agreement entered into by the
      registered owner and Dover Saddlery, Inc. Copies of such Plan and
      Agreement are on file in the offices of Dover Saddlery, Inc.

            (c) Escrow of Shares. The Committee may require that the stock
certificates evidencing shares of Restricted Stock be held in custody by a
designated escrow agent (which may but need not be the Company) until the
restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that the Participant deliver a stock
power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Stock covered by such Award.

            (d) Restrictions and Restriction Period. During the Restriction
Period applicable to shares of Restricted Stock, such shares shall be subject to
limitations on transferability and a Risk of Forfeiture arising on the basis of
such conditions related to the performance of services, Company or Affiliate
performance or otherwise as the Committee may determine and provide for in the
applicable Award Agreement. Any such Risk of Forfeiture may be waived or
terminated, or the Restriction Period shortened, at any time by the Committee on
such basis as it deems appropriate.

            (e) Rights Pending Lapse of Risk of Forfeiture or Forfeiture of
Award. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the applicable Award
Agreement, at all times prior to lapse of any Risk of Forfeiture applicable to,
or forfeiture of, an Award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have all
of the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including the right to vote, and
the right to receive any dividends with respect to, the shares of Restricted
Stock. The Committee, as determined at the time of Award, may permit or require
the payment of cash dividends to be deferred and, if the Committee so
determines, reinvested in additional Restricted Stock to the extent shares are
available under Section 4.

            (f) Lapse of Restrictions. If and when the Restriction Period
expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock, the certificates for
such shares shall be delivered to the Participant promptly if not theretofore so
delivered.

      7.4.  Restricted Stock Units.

            (a) Character. Each Restricted Stock Unit shall entitle the
recipient to a share of Stock at a close of such Restriction Period as the
Committee may establish and subject to a Risk of Forfeiture arising on the basis
of such conditions relating to the performance of services, Company or Affiliate
performance or otherwise as the Committee may determine and provide for in the
applicable Award Agreement. Any such Risk of Forfeiture may be waived or
terminated, or the Restriction Period shortened, at any time by the Committee on
such basis as it deems appropriate.

                                     - 11 -


            (b) Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Restricted Stock
Units shall be made in a single lump sum following the close of the applicable
Restriction Period. At the discretion of the Committee, Participants may be
entitled to receive payments equivalent to any dividends declared with respect
to Stock referenced in grants of Restricted Stock Units but only following the
close of the applicable Restriction Period and then only if the underlying Stock
shall have been earned. Unless the Committee shall provide otherwise, any such
dividend equivalents shall be paid, if at all, without interest or other
earnings.

      7.5.  Performance Units.

            (a) Character. Each Performance Unit shall entitle the recipient to
the value of a specified number of shares of Stock, over the initial value for
such number of shares, if any, established by the Committee at the time of
grant, at the close of a specified Performance Period to the extent specified
Performance Goals shall have been achieved.

            (b) Earning of Performance Units. The Committee shall set
Performance Goals in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they
are met within the applicable Performance Period, will determine the number and
value of Performance Units that will be paid out to the Participant. After the
applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units shall
be entitled to receive payout on the number and value of Performance Units
earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a
function of the extent to which the corresponding Performance Goals have been
achieved.

            (c) Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Performance Units
shall be made in a single lump sum following the close of the applicable
Performance Period. At the discretion of the Committee, Participants may be
entitled to receive any dividends declared with respect to Stock which have been
earned in connection with grants of Performance Units which have been earned,
but not yet distributed to Participants. The Committee may permit or, if it so
provides at grant require, a Participant to defer such Participant's receipt of
the payment of cash or the delivery of Stock that would otherwise be due to such
Participant by virtue of the satisfaction of any requirements or goals with
respect to Performance Units. If any such deferral election is required or
permitted, the Committee shall establish rules and procedures for such payment
deferrals.

      7.6. Stock Grants. Stock Grants shall be awarded solely in recognition of
significant contributions to the success of the Company or its Affiliates, in
lieu of compensation otherwise already due and in such other limited
circumstances as the Committee deems appropriate. Stock Grants shall be made
without forfeiture conditions of any kind.

                                     - 12 -


      7.7.  Qualified Performance-Based Awards.

            (a) Purpose. The purpose of this Section 7.7 is to provide the
Committee the ability to qualify Awards as "performance-based compensation"
under Section 162(m) of the Code. If the Committee, in its discretion, decides
to grant an Award as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, the provisions of this
Section 7.7 will control over any contrary provision contained in the Plan. In
the course of granting any Award, the Committee may specifically designate the
Award as intended to qualify as a Qualified Performance-Based Award. However, no
Award shall be considered to have failed to qualify as a Qualified
Performance-Based Award solely because the Award is not expressly designated as
a Qualified Performance-Based Award, if the Award otherwise satisfies the
provisions of this Section 7.7 and the requirements of Section 162(m) of the
Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to "performance-based
compensation."

            (b) Authority. All grants of Awards intended to qualify as Qualified
Performance-Based Awards and determination of terms applicable thereto shall be
made by the Committee or, if not all of the members thereof qualify as "outside
directors" within the meaning of applicable IRS regulations under Section 162 of
the Code, a subcommittee of the Committee consisting of such of the members of
the Committee as do so qualify. Any action by such a subcommittee shall be
considered the action of the Committee for purposes of the Plan.

            (b) Applicability. This Section 7.7 will apply only to those Covered
Employees, or to those persons who the Committee determines are reasonably
likely to become Covered Employees in the period covered by an Award, selected
by the Committee to receive Qualified Performance-Based Awards. The Committee
may, in its discretion, grant Awards to Covered Employees that do not satisfy
the requirements of this Section 7.7.

            (c) Discretion of Committee with Respect to Qualified
Performance-Based Awards. Options may be granted as Qualified Performance-Based
Awards in accordance with Section 7.1, except that the exercise price of any
Option intended to qualify as a Qualified Performance-Based Award shall in no
event be less that the Market Value of the Stock on the date of grant. With
regard to other Awards intended to qualify as Qualified Performance-Based
Awards, such as Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Performance Units,
the Committee will have full discretion to select the length of any applicable
Restriction Period or Performance Period, the kind and/or level of the
applicable Performance Goal, and whether the Performance Goal is to apply to the
Company, a Subsidiary or any division or business unit or to the individual. Any
Performance Goal or Goals applicable to Qualified Performance-Based Awards shall
be objective, shall be established not later than ninety (90) days after the
beginning of any applicable Performance Period (or at such other date as may be
required or permitted for "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m)
of the Code) and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the
Code, including the

                                     - 13 -


requirement that the outcome of the Performance Goal or Goals be substantially
uncertain (as defined in the regulations under Section 162(m) of the Code) at
the time established.

            (d) Payment of Qualified Performance-Based Awards. A Participant
will be eligible to receive payment under a Qualified Performance-Based Award
which is subject to achievement of a Performance Goal or Goals only if the
applicable Performance Goal or Goals period are achieved within the applicable
Performance Period, as determined by the Committee. In determining the actual
size of an individual Qualified Performance-Based Award, the Committee may
reduce or eliminate the amount of the Qualified Performance-Based Award earned
for the Performance Period, if in its sole and absolute discretion, such
reduction or elimination is appropriate.

            (e) Maximum Award Payable. The maximum Qualified Performance-Based
Award payment to any one Participant under the Plan for a Performance Period is
the number of shares of Stock set forth in Section 4 above, or if the Qualified
Performance-Based Award is paid in cash, that number of shares multiplied by the
Market Value of the Stock as of the date the Qualified Performance-Based Award
is granted.

            (f) Limitation on Adjustments for Certain Events. No adjustment of
any Qualified Performance-Based Award pursuant to Section 8 shall be made except
on such basis, if any, as will not cause such Award to provide other than
"performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the
Code.

      7.8. Awards to Participants Outside the United States. The Committee may
modify the terms of any Award under the Plan granted to a Participant who is, at
the time of grant or during the term of the Award, resident or primarily
employed outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to
be necessary or appropriate in order that the Award shall conform to laws,
regulations, and customs of the country in which the Participant is then
resident or primarily employed, or so that the value and other benefits of the
Award to the Participant, as affected by foreign tax laws and other restrictions
applicable as a result of the Participant's residence or employment abroad,
shall be comparable to the value of such an Award to a Participant who is
resident or primarily employed in the United States. The Committee may establish
supplements to, or amendments, restatements, or alternative versions of the Plan
for the purpose of granting and administrating any such modified Award. No such
modification, supplement, amendment, restatement or alternative version may
increase the share limit of Section 4.

8. ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS

      8.1. Adjustment for Corporate Actions. All of the share numbers set forth
in the Plan reflect the capital structure of the Company as of
[________________, 2005]. Subject to Section 8.2, if subsequent to that date the
outstanding shares of Stock (or any other securities covered by the Plan by
reason of the prior application of this Section) are increased, decreased, or
exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other

                                     - 14 -


securities, or if additional shares or new or different shares or other
securities are distributed with respect to shares of Stock, through merger,
consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the property of the Company,
reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split,
reverse stock split, or other similar distribution with respect to such shares
of Stock, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment will be made in (i) the
maximum numbers and kinds of shares provided in Section 4, (ii) the numbers and
kinds of shares or other securities subject to the then outstanding Awards,
(iii) the exercise price for each share or other unit of any other securities
subject to then outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (without
change in the aggregate purchase price as to which such Options or Rights remain
exercisable), and (iv) the repurchase price of each share of Restricted Stock
then subject to a Risk of Forfeiture in the form of a Company repurchase right.

      8.2. Treatment in Certain Acquisitions or Change of Control. Subject to
any provisions of then outstanding Awards granting greater rights to the holders
thereof, in the event of an Acquisition or Change of Control, any then
outstanding Awards shall Accelerate to the extent not assumed or replaced by
comparable Awards referencing shares of the capital stock of the successor or
acquiring entity or parent thereof, and thereafter (or after a reasonable period
following the Acquisition, as determined by the Committee) terminate. As to any
one or more outstanding Awards which are not otherwise Accelerated in full, the
Committee may also, either in advance of an Acquisition or Change of Control or
at the time thereof and upon such terms as it may deem appropriate, provide for
the Acceleration of such outstanding Awards in the event that the employment of
the Participants should subsequently terminate following the Acquisition or
Change of Control. Each outstanding Award that is assumed in connection with an
Acquisition or Change of Control, or is otherwise to continue in effect
subsequent to the Acquisition or Change of Control, will be appropriately
adjusted, immediately after the Acquisition or Change of Control, as to the
number and class of securities and other relevant terms in accordance with
Section 8.1.

      8.3. Dissolution or Liquidation. Upon dissolution or liquidation of the
Company, other than as part of an Acquisition or similar transaction, each
outstanding Option and SAR shall terminate, but the Optionee or SAR holder shall
have the right, immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation, to exercise
the Option or SAR to the extent exercisable on the date of dissolution or
liquidation.

      8.4. Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or
Nonrecurring Events. In the event of any corporate action not specifically
covered by the preceding Sections, including but not limited to an extraordinary
cash distribution on Stock, a corporate separation or other reorganization or
liquidation, the Committee may make such adjustment of outstanding Awards and
their terms, if any, as it, in its sole discretion, may deem equitable and
appropriate in the circumstances. The Committee may make adjustments in the
terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of
unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events
described in this Section) affecting the Company or the financial statements of
the Company or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting
principles,

                                     - 15 -


whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order
to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits
intended to be made available under the Plan.

8.5. Related Matters. Any adjustment in Awards made pursuant to this Section 8
shall be determined and made, if at all, by the Committee and shall include any
correlative modification of terms, including of Option exercise prices, rates of
vesting or exercisability, Risks of Forfeiture, applicable repurchase prices for
Restricted Stock, and Performance Goals and other financial objectives which the
Committee may deem necessary or appropriate so as to ensure the rights of the
Participants in their respective Awards are not substantially diminished nor
enlarged as a result of the adjustment and corporate action other than as
expressly contemplated in this Section 8. No fraction of a share shall be
purchasable or deliverable upon exercise, but in the event any adjustment
hereunder of the number of shares covered by an Award shall cause such number to
include a fraction of a share, such number of shares shall be adjusted to the
nearest smaller whole number of shares. No adjustment of an Option exercise
price per share pursuant to this Section 8 shall result in an exercise price
which is less than the par value of the Stock.

9. SETTLEMENT OF AWARDS

      9.1. In General. Options and Restricted Stock shall be settled in
accordance with their terms. All other Awards may be settled in cash, Stock, or
other Awards, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee at or
after grant and subject to any contrary Award Agreement. The Committee may not
require settlement of any Award in Stock pursuant to the immediately preceding
sentence to the extent issuance of such Stock would be prohibited or
unreasonably delayed by reason of any other provision of the Plan.

      9.2. Violation of Law. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or
the relevant Award Agreement, if, at any time, in the reasonable opinion of the
Company, the issuance of shares of Stock covered by an Award may constitute a
violation of law, then the Company may delay such issuance and the delivery of a
certificate for such shares until (i) approval shall have been obtained from
such governmental agencies, other than the Securities and Exchange Commission,
as may be required under any applicable law, rule, or regulation and (ii) in the
case where such issuance would constitute a violation of a law administered by
or a regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission, one of the following
conditions shall have been satisfied:

            (a)   the shares are at the time of the issue of such shares
effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933; or

            (b) the Company shall have determined, on such basis as it deems
appropriate (including an opinion of counsel in form and substance satisfactory
to the Company) that the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or
other disposition of

                                     - 16 -


such shares or such beneficial interest, as the case may be, does not require
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or any applicable
State securities laws.

The Company shall make all reasonable efforts to bring about the occurrence of
said events.

      9.3. Corporate Restrictions on Rights in Stock. Any Stock to be issued
pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to all restrictions
upon the transfer thereof which may be now or hereafter imposed by the charter,
certificate or articles, and by-laws, of the Company. Whenever Stock is to be
issued pursuant to an Award, if the Committee so directs at or after grant, the
Company shall be under no obligation to issue such shares until such time, if
ever, as the recipient of the Award (and any person who exercises any Option, in
whole or in part), shall have become a party to and bound by the Stockholders'
Agreement, if any. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this
Plan and the provisions of the Stockholders' Agreement, the provisions of the
Stockholders' Agreement shall control except as required to fulfill the
intention that this Plan constitute an incentive stock option plan within the
meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but insofar as possible the provisions of
the Plan and such Agreement shall be construed so as to give full force and
effect to all such provisions.

      9.4. Investment Representations. The Company shall be under no obligation
to issue any shares covered by any Award unless the shares to be issued pursuant
to Awards granted under the Plan have been effectively registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Participant shall have made such
written representations to the Company (upon which the Company believes it may
reasonably rely) as the Company may deem necessary or appropriate for purposes
of confirming that the issuance of such shares will be exempt from the
registration requirements of that Act and any applicable state securities laws
and otherwise in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations,
including but not limited to that the Participant is acquiring the shares for
his or her own account for the purpose of investment and not with a view to, or
for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such shares.

      9.5. Registration. If the Company shall deem it necessary or desirable to
register under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or other applicable
statutes any shares of Stock issued or to be issued pursuant to Awards granted
under the Plan, or to qualify any such shares of Stock for exemption from the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended or other applicable statutes, then the
Company shall take such action at its own expense. The Company may require from
each recipient of an Award, or each holder of shares of Stock acquired pursuant
to the Plan, such information in writing for use in any registration statement,
prospectus, preliminary prospectus or offering circular as is reasonably
necessary for that purpose and may require reasonable indemnity to the Company
and its officers and directors from that holder against all losses, claims,
damage and liabilities arising from use of the information so furnished and
caused by any untrue statement of any material fact therein or caused by the
omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made. In addition, the Company

                                     - 17 -


may require of any such person that he or she agree that, without the prior
written consent of the Company or the managing underwriter in any public
offering of shares of Stock, he or she will not sell, make any short sale of,
loan, grant any option for the purchase of, pledge or otherwise encumber, or
otherwise dispose of, any shares of Stock during the 180 day period commencing
on the effective date of the registration statement relating to the underwritten
public offering of securities. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing
provisions of this Section 9.5, if in connection with any underwritten public
offering of securities of the Company the managing underwriter of such offering
requires that the Company's directors and officers enter into a lock-up
agreement containing provisions that are more restrictive than the provisions
set forth in the preceding sentence, then (a) each holder of shares of Stock
acquired pursuant to the Plan (regardless of whether such person has complied or
complies with the provisions of clause (b) below) shall be bound by, and shall
be deemed to have agreed to, the same lock-up terms as those to which the
Company's directors and officers are required to adhere; and (b) at the request
of the Company or such managing underwriter, each such person shall execute and
deliver a lock-up agreement in form and substance equivalent to that which is
required to be executed by the Company's directors and officers.

      9.6. Placement of Legends; Stop Orders; etc. Each share of Stock to be
issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan may bear a reference to the
investment representation made in accordance with Section 9.4 in addition to any
other applicable restriction under the Plan, the terms of the Award and if
applicable under the Stockholders' Agreement and to the fact that no
registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission in respect to such shares of Stock. All certificates for shares of
Stock or other securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such
stock transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable
under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of any stock exchange upon
which the Stock is then listed, and any applicable federal or state securities
law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such
certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

      9.7. Tax Withholding. Whenever shares of Stock are issued or to be issued
pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan, the Company shall have the right to
require the recipient to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy
federal, state, local or other withholding tax requirements if, when, and to the
extent required by law (whether so required to secure for the Company an
otherwise available tax deduction or otherwise) prior to the delivery of any
certificate or certificates for such shares. The obligations of the Company
under the Plan shall be conditional on satisfaction of all such withholding
obligations and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the
right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the
recipient of an Award. However, in such cases Participants may elect, subject to
the approval of the Committee, acting in its sole discretion, to satisfy an
applicable withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company
withhold shares to satisfy their tax obligations. Participants may only elect to
have Shares withheld having a Market Value on the date the tax is to be
determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax which could be imposed on
the transaction. All elections shall be irrevocable, made

                                     - 18 -


in writing, signed by the Participant, and shall be subject to any restrictions
or limitations that the Committee deems appropriate.

10.   RESERVATION OF STOCK

      The Company shall at all times during the term of the Plan and any
outstanding Awards granted hereunder reserve or otherwise keep available such
number of shares of Stock as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of
the Plan (if then in effect) and the Awards and shall pay all fees and expenses
necessarily incurred by the Company in connection therewith.

11.   LIMITATION OF RIGHTS IN STOCK; NO SPECIAL SERVICE RIGHTS

      A Participant shall not be deemed for any purpose to be a stockholder of
the Company with respect to any of the shares of Stock subject to an Award,
unless and until a certificate shall have been issued therefor and delivered to
the Participant or his agent. Any Stock to be issued pursuant to Awards granted
under the Plan shall be subject to all restrictions upon the transfer thereof
which may be now or hereafter imposed by the Certificate of Incorporation and
the By-laws of the Company. Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award
Agreement shall confer upon any recipient of an Award any right with respect to
the continuation of his or her employment or other association with the Company
(or any Affiliate), or interfere in any way with the right of the Company (or
any Affiliate), subject to the terms of any separate employment or consulting
agreement or provision of law or corporate articles or by-laws to the contrary,
at any time to terminate such employment or consulting agreement or to increase
or decrease, or otherwise adjust, the other terms and conditions of the
recipient's employment or other association with the Company and its Affiliates.

12.   UNFUNDED STATUS OF PLAN

      The Plan is intended to constitute an "unfunded" plan for incentive
compensation, and the Plan is not intended to constitute a plan subject to the
provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant by the Company,
nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any rights that are
greater than those of a general creditor of the Company. In its sole discretion,
the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet
the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Stock or payments with respect
to Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and other Awards hereunder, provided,
however, that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent
with the unfunded status of the Plan.

13.   NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

      Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the
Plan to the stockholders of the Company shall be construed as creating any
limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements
as it may deem desirable, including without limitation, the granting of stock
options and restricted stock other than

                                     - 19 -


under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only
in specific cases.

14.   TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

      The Board may at any time terminate the Plan or make such modifications of
the Plan as it shall deem advisable. Unless the Board otherwise expressly
provides, no amendment of the Plan shall affect the terms of any Award
outstanding on the date of such amendment. Other than as the Board may deem
necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law, including without
limitation the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, no termination or
amendment of the Plan may adversely affect the rights of the recipient of an
Award previously granted hereunder without the consent of the recipient of such
Award.

      The Committee may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted,
prospectively or retroactively, provided that the Award as amended is consistent
with the terms of the Plan. Other than as the Committee may deem necessary or
appropriate to comply with applicable law, including without limitation the
provisions of Section 409A of the Code, no such amendment shall impair the
rights of the recipient of such Award without his or her consent.

15.   NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS

      Any notice, demand, request or other communication hereunder to any party
shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered
in person or duly sent by first class registered, certified or overnight mail,
postage prepaid, or telecopied with a confirmation copy by regular, certified or
overnight mail, addressed or telecopied, as the case may be, (i) if to the
recipient of an Award, at his or her residence address last filed with the
Company and (ii) if to the Company, at its principal place of business,
addressed to the attention of its Treasurer, or to such other address or
telecopier number, as the case may be, as the addressee may have designated by
notice to the addressor. All such notices, requests, demands and other
communications shall be deemed to have been received: (i) in the case of
personal delivery, on the date of such delivery; (ii) in the case of mailing,
when received by the addressee; and (iii) in the case of facsimile transmission,
when confirmed by facsimile machine report.

16.   GOVERNING LAW

      The Plan and all Award Agreements and actions taken thereunder shall be
governed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of
Delaware, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

EX-10.4

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.4

                                                                  OPTION NO: ___


                              DOVER SADDLERY, INC.
                           2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

      THIS AGREEMENT dated as of          ,      , between Dover Saddlery, Inc.,
a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Company"),
and the individual identified in paragraph 1 below, currently residing at the
address set out at the end of this Agreement (the "Optionee").

      1. GRANT OF OPTION. Pursuant and subject to the Company's 2005 Equity
Incentive Plan (as in effect on the date hereof and as amended from time to time
in accordance with its terms, hereafter, the "Plan"), the Company grants to you,
the Optionee identified in the table below, an option (the "Option") to purchase
from the Company all or any part of a total of the number of shares identified
in the table below (the "Optioned Shares") of the common stock, par value $.0001
per share, in the Company (the "Stock"), at the exercise price per share set out
in the table below.

      OPTIONEE                      _______________________________________

      NUMBER OF SHARES              _______________________________________

      EXERCISE PRICE PER SHARE      _______________________________________

      GRANT DATE                    _______________________________________

      EXPIRATION DATE(1)            _______________________________________


      2.   CHARACTER OF OPTION.  This Option            (2) intended to be
treated as an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section 422
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

      3.   EXPIRATION OF OPTION.  This Option shall expire at 5:00 p.m.
on Expiration Date or, if earlier, the date specified in whichever of the
following applies:

            (a) If the termination of your employment or other association is on
account of your death or disability, the first anniversary of the date your
employment ends.

            (b) If the termination of your employment or other association is
due to any other reason, three (3) months after your employment or other
association ends.

- ----------

      1 For ISOs not later than the day immediately preceding the tenth
anniversary of the Grant Date. NQSOs may have a later expiration date, if the
Plan allows.

      2 Either "is" or "is not", as the Committee or the Board has determined.

      4.   EXERCISE OF OPTION.

            (a) Until this Option expires, you may exercise it as to the number
of Optioned Shares identified in the table below, in full or in part, at any
time on or after the applicable exercise date or dates identified in the table.
However, during any period that this Option remains outstanding after your
employment or other association with the Company and its Affiliates ends, you
may exercise it only to the extent it was exercisable immediately prior to the
end of your employment or other association. The procedure for exercising this
Option is described in Section 7.1(e) of the Plan. [You may pay the exercise
price due on exercise by delivering other shares of Stock of equivalent Market
Value provided you have owned such shares of Stock for at least six months.](3)



          Number of Shares            Initial Exercise Date
        in Each Installment         for Shares in Installment
        -------------------         -------------------------
                                 





            [(b) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control,

                  (i) any and all Options and Stock Appreciation Rights not
already exercisable in full shall Accelerate with respect to [_______%] of the
shares for which such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights are not then
exercisable;

                  (ii) any Risk of Forfeiture applicable to Restricted Stock and
Restricted Stock Units which is not based on achievement of Performance Goals
shall lapse with respect to [_______%] of the Restricted Stock and Restricted
Stock Units still subject to such Risk of Forfeiture immediately prior to the
Change of Control; and

                  (iii) All outstanding Awards of Restricted Stock and
Restricted Stock Units conditioned on the achievement of Performance Goals and
the target payout opportunities attainable under outstanding Performance Units
shall be deemed to have been satisfied as of the effective date of the Change of
Control as to a pro rata number of shares based on the assumed achievement of
all relevant Performance Goals and the length of time within the Performance
Period which has elapsed prior to the Change of Control. All such Awards of
Performance Units and Restricted Stock Units shall be paid to the extent earned
to Participants in accordance with their terms within thirty (30) days following
the effective date of the Change of Control.

            None of the foregoing shall apply, however, (x) in the case of a
Qualified Performance-Based Award specifically designated as such by the
Committee at the time of grant (except to the extent allowed by Section 162(m)
of the Code), (y) in the case of any

- ----------

      3 Include if authorized by the Committee or the Board. Note that adding
this feature to an incentive stock option after grant may result in a deemed new
grant, and potentially disqualify the incentive stock option.

Award pursuant to an Award Agreement requiring other or additional terms upon a
Change of Control (or similar event), or (z) if specifically prohibited under
applicable laws, or by the rules and regulations of any governing governmental
agencies or national securities exchanges.](4)

      5.   TRANSFER OF OPTION.  You may not transfer this Option except
by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during your
lifetime, only you may exercise this Option.

      6. INCORPORATION OF PLAN TERMS. This Option is granted subject to all of
the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan, including but not limited to
the limitations on the Company's obligation to deliver Optioned Shares upon
exercise set forth in Section 9 (Settlement of Awards).

      7. MISCELLANEOUS. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the
conflict of laws principles thereof and shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of any successor or assign of the Company and any executor,
administrator, trustee, guardian, or other legal representative of you.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned
under the Plan. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts all
of which together shall constitute but one instrument.

      8. TAX CONSEQUENCES. The Company makes no representation or warranty as to
the tax treatment to you of your receipt or exercise of this Option or upon your
sale or other disposition of the Optioned Shares. You should rely on your own
tax advisors for such advice. [In particular, you acknowledge that in any event
this Option will not be treated as an Incentive Option as to any shares acquired
under this Option

            (a) more than twelve months after your employment ends, if your
employment ends on account of your death or total and permanent disability, or,

            (b)  more than three months after your employment ends, if
your employment ends in any other circumstance.](5)

               [remainder of page intentionally left blank]





- ----------
      4 This Section 4(b) is to be included at the discretion of the Committee
or the Board.

      5 Include this text in incentive stock option agreements which by their
terms may remain exercisable more than three months after termination of
employment other than on account of death or disability or more than twelve
months after termination of employment on account of death or disability.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as a sealed
instrument as of the date first above written.

DOVER SADDLERY, INC.


By: ___________________________           ________________________________
Name: _________________________           Signature of Optionee
Title:_________________________

                                          Optionee's Address:

                                          ________________________________

                                          ________________________________

                                          ________________________________

                              DOVER SADDLERY, INC.
                           2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

                              OPTION EXERCISE FORM

Dover Saddlery, Inc.
P.O. Box 1100
525 Great Road
Littleton, MA 01460

      Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

Dear Sir:

      In accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Dover
Saddlery Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, I hereby elect to exercise my option
granted under the agreement dated ___________________, to purchase
__________________________ ( _______ ) shares of the common stock, par value
$.0001 per share, in Dover Saddlery, Inc. (the "Company").

      Enclosed herewith is payment to the Company in the amount of
_____________________________ Dollars ($ __________ ) in full payment of the
option price for said shares.

      I HEREBY REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT I AM ACQUIRING THE SHARES PURCHASED
HEREUNDER FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION
THEREOF. I ACKNOWLEDGE I UNDERSTAND THAT SUCH SHARES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), BY REASON OF THEIR
ISSUANCE IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENT OF THE ACT
PURSUANT TO SECTION 4(2) THEREOF AND THAT THE SHARES MAY NOT BE RESOLD OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS
BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE ACT UNLESS THE COMPANY DETERMINES THAT SUCH RESALE OR
OTHER TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT BY VIRTUE OF
AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

                                          Sincerely yours,


                                          ________________________________

EX-10.5

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5

                              DOVER SADDLERY, INC.
                           2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

                    RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

      THIS AGREEMENT made this ________ day of __________________, _____, by and
between Dover Saddlery, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the
State of Delaware (the "Company"), and __________________, an individual
currently residing at ____________________________(the "Purchaser").

                       W I T N E S S E T H  T H A T:

      WHEREAS, Purchaser's association with the Company or an Affiliate
is considered by the Company to be important for the growth of it and its
Affiliates; and

      WHEREAS, the Company desires to sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser desires
to purchase from the Company, shares of the Company's common stock, par value
$.0001 per share (the "Common Stock"), pursuant to the Company's 2005 Equity
Incentive Plan (the "Plan") and otherwise according to the terms and conditions
hereof;

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants
herein set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby mutually covenant and agree as
follows:

1.    ISSUANCE OF COMMON STOCK

      1.1. The Company hereby agrees to sell to Purchaser and Purchaser hereby
agrees to purchase an aggregate of _______________________ (__________) shares
of Common Stock in consideration of an amount of cash equal to the product of
such number of shares and $_______ (the "Cash Purchase Price Per Share").

      1.2. Upon receipt by the Company of a copy of this Agreement duly executed
and completed by the Purchaser, and the aggregate cash consideration described
in Section 1.1, the Company shall issue in the name of Purchaser duly executed
certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock purchased endorsed with the
legend set forth in Section 7.3 below. Certificates evidencing Acquired Shares
shall be held in escrow by the Company as hereinafter provided.

2.    RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER

      2.1. Subject to the remaining provisions of this Section and except for
the escrow described in Section 4, none of the Restricted Shares or any
beneficial interest therein shall be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged,
encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way at any time (including, without
limitation, by operation of law) other than (i) to the Company or its assignees
or (ii), to any other person on (but only upon) death by will, bequest or
operation of law (a "Permitted Transferee").

                                     - 2 -

      2.2. All Permitted Transferees of Restricted Shares or any interest
therein shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing,
in form satisfactory to the Company, that they shall receive and hold such
Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including,
without limitation, the Repurchase Right. Any sale, transfer, assignment,
pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of the Restricted Shares other than in
accordance with this Section shall be void. The Company shall not be required
(i) to transfer on its books any Restricted Shares sold, transferred or
otherwise disposed of in violation of this Section or (ii) to treat as owner of
any Restricted Shares, or to pay dividends in respect of Restricted Shares to,
any person purporting to have acquired Restricted Shares or any beneficial
interest therein unless such Restricted Shares or interest were acquired in
compliance with the provisions of this Section.

3.    REPURCHASE RIGHT AS TO RESTRICTED SHARES

      3.1. As of the Purchaser's Termination Date, the Company shall have an
irrevocable, exclusive right, but not any obligation, to reacquire from the
Purchaser or any Permitted Transferee all or any portion of the Restricted
Shares as of such Date at its election and for cash consideration equal to the
product of the Cash Purchase Price Per Share (subject to adjustment as provided
in the Plan in the event of any stock split or other corporate action affecting
the Restricted Shares) and the number of the Restricted Shares the Company has
elected to repurchase. The Company may exercise its Repurchase Right at any time
within ninety (90) days after the Purchaser's Termination Date by written notice
to Purchaser or any Permitted Transferee beneficially owning such Restricted
Shares accompanied by cash or its check in the amount of the cash consideration
required. Upon delivery of such notice and consideration the Company shall
become the legal and beneficial owner of the Shares being reacquired and all
rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the
right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Shares being
reacquired by the Company.

      3.2. The Acquired Shares shall be released from the Company's Repurchase
Right in accordance with the provisions of Schedule A attached hereto. Unless
otherwise expressly provided on such Schedule A, no Acquired Shares shall be
released from the Company's Repurchase Right following the Purchaser's
Termination Date. All Restricted Shares shall become Vested Shares following the
expiration of the period within which the Company may exercise the Repurchase
Right, but only to the extent the Company has not elected to exercise such
Right.

4.    ESCROW OF SHARES

      4.1. The Restricted Shares issued under this Agreement shall be held in
escrow by the Company, as escrow holder ("Escrow Holder"), together with a stock
power executed in blank by the Purchaser, until the expiration of the Company's
Repurchase Right and the Purchaser's satisfaction of the requirements of Section
5.1 (relating to tax withholdings).

      4.2. If the Company exercises its Repurchase Right hereunder, it shall
have the right, as Escrow Holder, to take all steps necessary to accomplish such
transfer, including but not limited to presentment of certificates representing
the Shares subject to such repurchase,

                                     - 3 -


together with a stock power executed by or in the name of the Purchaser
appropriately completed by the Escrow Holder, to the Company's transfer agent
with irrevocable instructions to register transfer of such Shares into the name
of the Company. The Purchaser hereby appoints the Company, in its capacity as
Escrow Holder, as his or her irrevocable attorney-in-fact to execute in his or
her name, acknowledge and deliver all stock powers and other instruments as may
be necessary or desirable with respect to the Shares.

      4.3. When any portion of the Acquired Shares have been released from the
Repurchase Right, upon Purchaser's request the Company, as Escrow Holder, shall
promptly cause a new certificate to be issued for such Shares and shall deliver
such certificate to Purchaser subject, however, to the Purchaser's satisfaction
of the requirements of Section 5.1 (relating to tax withholdings).

      4.4. Subject to the terms hereof, Purchaser shall have all the rights of a
stockholder with respect to the Shares while they are held in escrow, including
without limitation, the right to receive any dividends declared thereon. If,
from time to time during the term of the Repurchase Right, there occurs any
corporate or other action giving rise to substituted or additional securities by
reason of ownership of the Shares such substituted or additional securities,
with the legend required by Section 7.3, shall be immediately subject to this
escrow and deposited with the Escrow Holder.

5.    TAX CONSEQUENCES

      5.1. It is understood by the Company and Purchaser that the issuance of
the Acquired Shares hereunder may be deemed compensatory in purpose and in
effect and that as a result the Company or an Affiliate may be obligated to pay
withholding taxes in respect of such Acquired Shares at the time Purchaser
becomes subject to Federal income taxation as a result of the receipt or vesting
of the Shares hereunder. In the event that at the time the above-said
withholding tax obligations arise (i) Purchaser is no longer in the employ of
the Company or an Affiliate or (ii) Purchaser's other cash compensation from the
Company and its Affiliates is not sufficient to meet the aforesaid withholding
tax obligation, Purchaser hereby agrees to provide the Company or its Affiliate
with an amount sufficient to pay all withholding taxes required to be paid as
and when such taxes become payable (which amount, subject to any applicable
election requirements of the Plan, may be provided in the form of shares of
Common Stock, including Acquired Shares then held by the Escrow Holder which
have become Vested Shares). Purchaser agrees that in the event and to the extent
the Company and its Affiliates determine that they are not obligated to withhold
taxes payable by Purchaser with respect to such Shares but the Company or an
Affiliate is later held liable due to any non-payment of taxes on the part of
Purchaser, the Purchaser shall indemnify and hold the Company and its Affiliates
harmless from the amount of any payment made by them in respect of such
liability.

      5.2. Purchaser hereby agrees to deliver to the Company (and his or her
employing Affiliate, if applicable) a signed copy of any instrument, letter or
other document he or she may execute and file with the Internal Revenue Service
evidencing his or her election under Section 83(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, to treat his or her receipt of the Acquired Shares as
includible in his or her gross income in the year of receipt.

                                     - 4 -


Purchaser shall deliver the said copy of any such instrument of election within
five (5) days after the date on which any such election is required to be made
in accordance with the appropriate provisions of the Internal Revenue Code or
applicable Regulations thereunder.

6.    COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

      6.1. Purchaser represents and warrants, and each Permitted Transferee
shall, as a condition of transfer, represent and warrant, that he or she is
acquiring the Shares of his or her own account for the purpose of investment and
not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such
Shares.

      6.2. Purchaser acknowledges and agrees, and each Permitted Transferee
shall, as a condition of transfer, acknowledge and agree, that neither the
Company nor any agent of the Company shall be under any obligation to recognize
any transfer of any of the Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company,
such transfer would result in violation by the Company of any federal or state
law with respect to the offering, issuance or sale of securities.

7.    GENERAL PROVISIONS

      7.1. This Agreement shall be governed and enforced in accordance with the
terms of the Plan and the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the
conflict of laws principles thereof, and shall be binding upon the heirs,
personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of
the parties.

      7.2. This Agreement embodies the complete agreement and understanding
among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof,
supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations
by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject
matter hereof in any way and may only be modified or amended in writing signed
by the Company and the Purchaser.

      7.3. The certificates representing the Restricted Shares shall be
endorsed with the following legend:

      The transferability of this certificate and the shares represented by this
      certificate are subject to the terms and conditions (including, without
      limitation, the right of Dover Saddlery, Inc. to repurchase the shares) of
      the Dover Saddlery, Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and a Restricted Stock
      Purchase Agreement entered into by the registered owner and Dover
      Saddlery, Inc.. Copies of such Plan and Agreement are on file in the
      offices of Dover Saddlery, Inc.

      7.4. All notices or communications provided for under this
Agreement shall be given in writing and by hand or by registered mail,
return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and shall be addressed

            (i) in the case of Purchaser, to his or her address appearing
at the outset of this Agreement and

                                     - 5 -


            (ii) in the case of the Company, to its principal place of
business, addressed to the attention of its Treasurer.

      Notices given as hereinabove provided shall be deemed received (i) in the
case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery; (ii) in the case of
mailing, when received by the addressee; and (iii) in the case of facsimile
transmission, when confirmed by facsimile machine report. Any party hereto may
designate a change of address by written notice to the other parties given at
least ten (10) days before such change is to become effective for purposes of
this Agreement.

      7.5. The rights and obligations of each party under this Agreement shall
inure to the benefit of and be binding upon such party's heirs, legal
representatives, successors and permitted assigns. The rights and obligations of
the Company under this Agreement shall be assignable by the Company to any one
or more persons or entities without the consent of the Purchaser or any other
person. The rights and obligations of any person other than the Company under
this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the
Company.

      7.6. No consent to or waiver of any breach or default in the performance
of any obligations hereunder shall be deemed or construed to be a consent to or
waiver of any other breach or default in the performance of any of the same or
any other obligations hereunder. Failure on the part of any party to complain of
any act or failure to act of any other party or to declare any party in default,
irrespective of the duration of such failure, shall not constitute a waiver of
rights hereunder and no waiver hereunder shall be effective unless it is in
writing, executed by the party waiving the breach or default hereunder.

      7.7. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held illegal, invalid or
unenforceable, such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only
to such provision and shall not in any manner affect or render illegal, invalid
or unenforceable any other severable provisions of this Agreement.

      7.8. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of identification
only, do not constitute a part hereof, and shall not affect the meaning or
construction hereof.

      7.9. Purchaser agrees upon request to execute any further documents or
instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this
Agreement.

      7.10. In case of any dispute hereunder, the parties will submit to the
exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any court of competent jurisdiction sitting
in the county in which the Company's headquarters is located, and will comply
with all requirements necessary to give such court jurisdiction over the parties
and the controversy. Each party hereto, in addition to being entitled to
exercise all rights granted by law including recovery of damages (but subject to
the remainder of this subsection), will be entitled to specific performance of
his, her or its rights under this Agreement. The parties hereto agree that
monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by
reason of a breach of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive
the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be
adequate. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES

                                     - 6 -


ANY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AND TO CLAIM OR RECOVER PUNITIVE DAMAGES.

      7.11. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall confer upon the Purchaser
any right with respect to the continuation of his or her employment or other
association with the Company or any Affiliate, or interfere in any way with the
right of the Company and its Affiliates, subject to the terms of Purchaser's
separate employment or consulting agreement, if any, or provision of law or
corporate articles or by-laws to the contrary, at any time to terminate such
employment or consulting agreement or otherwise modify the terms and conditions
of Purchaser's employment or association with the Company or an Affiliate.

      7.12. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of
which when executed shall be deemed an original and all of which, taken
together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. In making proof of this
Agreement it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such
counterpart.

8.    DEFINITIONS

      For all purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
respective meanings set out below, unless the context clearly requires
otherwise:

      "Acquired Shares" means (i) the shares of Common Stock acquired by the
Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement, and (ii) any shares of stock or other
securities issued in respect of or in replacement for the shares of Common Stock
described in clause (i) as a result of a corporate or other action such as a
stock dividend, stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, or
recapitalization.

      "Cash Purchase Price Per Share" has the meaning assigned such term in
Section 1.1 hereof.

      "Common Stock" has the meaning assigned such term in the Preamble.

      "Escrow Holder" has the meaning assigned such term in Section 4 hereof.

      "Income Recognition Date" has the meaning assigned such term in Section
5.3 hereof.

      "Permitted Transferee" has the meaning assigned such term in Section
2.1(ii) hereof.

      "Repurchase Right" means the right of the Company to reacquire any or all
of the Restricted Shares as provided in Section 3.1.

      "Restricted Shares" means, at the time of reference thereto, that number
of the Acquired Shares as shall not have become Vested Shares.

      "Termination Date" means the date, as reasonably fixed and determined by
the Company, of the voluntary or involuntary termination of the Purchaser's
employment or other association with all of the Company and its Affiliates, for
any or no reason whatsoever,

                                     - 7 -


including death or disability; provided, however, that military or sick leave
shall not be deemed a termination of employment or other association, if it does
not exceed the longer of 90 days or the period during which the Purchaser's
reemployment rights, if any, are guaranteed by statute or by contract.

      "Vested Shares" means, at the time of reference thereto, that number, if
any, of Acquired Shares as shall have been released from the Repurchase Right on
or prior to such time.

All other capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
respective meaning given such terms in the Plan.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement under
seal as of the month, day and year first set forth above.

DOVER SADDLERY, INC.                      PURCHASER



By: __________________________            ________________________________

Title:__________________________

                                                                 SCHEDULE A

      This Schedule A provides for the vesting and release from the Company's
Repurchase Right set out in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the
"Agreement") to which it is attached of the Acquired Shares thereunder.
Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as such terms
are assigned under the Agreement.

      1. Release Based on Continued Employment. At each anniversary of the date
of the Agreement, that percentage of the Acquired Shares set forth opposite such
anniversary shall be released from the Company's Repurchase Right and become
Vested Shares, with any fractions rounded down except on the final installment:



                             Anniversary     Percentage
                             -----------     ----------
                                          
                               --------         --%
                               --------         --%
                               --------         --%
                               --------         --%
                               --------         --%


      2.   Release On Certain Events.  Upon the occurrence of a Change of
Control (as defined in the Plan), all of the then Restricted Shares shall
be released from the Company's Repurchase Right and become Vested Shares.

EX-23.2

                                                                    Exhibit 23.2

            CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the
use of our report dated April 15, 2005 included in Amendment No. 2 to the
Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-127888) and related Prospectus of Dover
Saddlery, Inc.




                                                         /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Boston, Massachusetts                                    -----------------------
October 25, 2005                                         Ernst & Young LLP